WO2020145175A1 - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020145175A1
WO2020145175A1 PCT/JP2019/051064 JP2019051064W WO2020145175A1 WO 2020145175 A1 WO2020145175 A1 WO 2020145175A1 JP 2019051064 W JP2019051064 W JP 2019051064W WO 2020145175 A1 WO2020145175 A1 WO 2020145175A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
component
polymer
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/051064
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
祐太 飯塚
耕平 後藤
Original Assignee
日産化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学株式会社
Priority to JP2020565711A priority Critical patent/JP7424318B2/en
Priority to CN201980088271.8A priority patent/CN113272729A/en
Priority to KR1020217023042A priority patent/KR20210112333A/en
Publication of WO2020145175A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020145175A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F220/16Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F220/16Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
    • C08F220/18Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms with acrylic or methacrylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L33/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C08L33/06Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, which oxygen atoms are present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning film obtained by the liquid crystal aligning agent, and a liquid crystal display device including the obtained liquid crystal aligning film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent capable of providing a liquid crystal aligning film having excellent liquid crystal aligning property, excellent pretilt angle expressing ability, and high reliability, and a liquid crystal display device having excellent display quality.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film plays a role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction.
  • the main liquid crystal alignment film used industrially is a polyimide precursor polyamic acid (also called polyamic acid), polyamic acid ester, or a polyimide-based liquid crystal aligning agent consisting of a solution of polyimide, on the substrate. It is manufactured by applying and forming a film. Further, when the liquid crystal is aligned parallel or inclined with respect to the substrate surface, after film formation, surface stretching treatment by rubbing is further performed.
  • a method of providing a protrusion on the substrate a method of providing a slit on the display electrode, and rubbing the liquid crystal molecules slightly from the substrate normal direction toward one direction in the substrate surface ( Pretilt), or by pre-tilting the liquid crystal by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal cell by adding a photopolymerizable compound to the liquid crystal composition in advance and using it together with a vertical alignment film such as polyimide.
  • a method see, for example, Patent Document 3 for doing so.
  • PSA Polymer Sustained Alignment
  • VA liquid crystal display elements are used in TVs and in-vehicle displays because of their high contrast and wide viewing angle.
  • a liquid crystal display device for TV uses a backlight that generates a large amount of heat in order to obtain high brightness
  • a liquid crystal display device used for in-vehicle applications such as a car navigation system or a meter panel, is exposed to a high temperature environment for a long time. It may be used or left unused. Under such severe conditions, when the pretilt angle gradually changes, problems such as the initial display characteristics not being obtained and display unevenness occur.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film when the liquid crystal is driven, the voltage holding characteristics and charge storage characteristics are also affected by the liquid crystal alignment film, and when the voltage holding ratio is low, the contrast of the display screen decreases, and when the charge accumulation with respect to the DC voltage is large. Causes a phenomenon that the display screen is burned.
  • PSA treatment is performed to share it with the alignment sustaining layer. It is known to form a bond and increase the stability of the tilt angle (Patent Document 5). It is also known that the stability of the tilt angle is enhanced by an alignment layer obtained from a polymer having a photoalignable group and an alignment sustaining layer formed using a monomer that generates radicals by absorbing light (Patent Reference 6). However, in the PSA treatment after the photo-alignment treatment, the reverse reaction of the photo-alignment group may proceed and the photo-alignment property may be impaired.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and its problem is that the change in the pretilt angle is small even after driving for a long time, the display reliability is excellent, the voltage holding characteristic is high, and the charge accumulation is reduced.
  • ⁇ X> A polymer having a photoalignable group represented by the following formula (pa-1) and a thermally crosslinkable group A as the component (A), and a radical-generating group that generates a radical by light irradiation as the component (B).
  • A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (which may be one Substituted with a cyano group or with one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furanylene, Represents 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 2 is a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic group Group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a straight chain having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • D is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R d is a hydrogen atom) Or represents an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a is an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position.
  • the liquid crystal orientation is good, the pretilt angle expressing ability is excellent, the change in the pretilt angle is small even after driving for a long time, the display reliability is high, the voltage holding characteristic is high, and the charge accumulation is high.
  • a liquid crystal aligning film and a liquid crystal aligning agent that can be reduced can be provided.
  • the liquid crystal display device manufactured by the method of the present invention has excellent display characteristics.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polymer having a photo-aligning group represented by the following formula (pa-1) and a heat-crosslinkable group A as the component (A), and a radical as a component (B) upon irradiation with light. It contains a polymer and a solvent selected from a polyimide having a radical-generating group to be generated and a precursor thereof.
  • A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (which may be one Substituted with a cyano group or with one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furanylene, Represents 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 2 is a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic group Group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a straight chain having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • D is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R d is a hydrogen atom) Or represents an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a is an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent may be a polymer in which the component (A) further has a thermally crosslinkable group A, and may satisfy at least one of the following requirements Z1 and Z2.
  • the polymer which is the Z1:(A) component further has a thermally crosslinkable group B.
  • Z2: A compound having two or more heat-crosslinkable groups B in the molecule is further contained as the component (C).
  • the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B are each independently a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxymethylamide group, a hydroxymethylamide group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group-containing group, an oxetanyl group, a thiylanyl group, an isocyanate group and a block.
  • the groups B may be the same as each other.
  • two or more in the molecule means, for example, a case where two or more groups of the same kind such as two or more epoxy groups are contained in the molecule, or a combination of an epoxy group and a thiirane group. In addition, the case where two or more different groups are contained in the molecule is meant to be included. “Two or more in the molecule” preferably contains two or more groups of the same kind in the molecule.
  • the polymer which is the component (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has high sensitivity to light, and therefore can exhibit the alignment control ability even in the irradiation of polarized ultraviolet rays with a low exposure amount. Further, since the polymer as the component (A) contains the heat-crosslinkable group A and further contains the heat-crosslinkable group B in the component, the component (A) can be obtained even when the firing time of the liquid crystal aligning agent is short.
  • liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be suitably used particularly when the PSA treatment is carried out by using the liquid crystal composition containing the alkenyl-based liquid crystal by containing the polymer as the component (B). Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of the pretilt angle by the PSA process.
  • the photo-alignable group represented by the above formula (pa-1), the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B are all capable of forming a side chain in the polymer. In other words, it can be referred to as a "side chain”.
  • side chain a side chain
  • ⁇ (A) component specific polymer> [Photo-Orienting Group Represented by Formula (pa-1)]
  • the site having the photo-alignment property represented by the above formula (pa-1) in the molecule can be represented by, for example, the following formula (a-1). Further, the site may have a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (a-1-m), but is not limited thereto.
  • Ia is a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula (pa-1).
  • A is a group optionally selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (this is Optionally substituted with one cyano group or one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2 , 5-furanylene, 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, 2 A divalent alicyclic group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a carbon number of 1 A monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including
  • S a represents a spacer unit, and the bonding group on the left of S a is bonded to the main chain of the specific polymer via a spacer.
  • S a can be represented by, for example, a structure represented by the following formula (Sp).
  • W 1 , W 2 and W 3 are each independently a single bond, a divalent heterocycle, —(CH 2 ) n — (in the formula, n represents 1 to 20), —OCH 2 —, — Represents CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CF ⁇ CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C ⁇ C—
  • one or more non-adjacent CH 2 groups in these substituents are independently —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —Si(CH 3 ) 2 — O-Si(CH 3 ) 2 -, -NR-, -NR-CO-, -CO-NR-, -NR-
  • Can A 1 and A 2 are each independently a group selected from a single bond, a divalent alkyl group, a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group. , Each group may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
  • M a represents a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group include (meth)acrylate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, radical-polymerizable groups of (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives, and siloxane. It can. Preferred are (meth)acrylate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide and acrylamide.
  • r is an integer that satisfies 1 ⁇ r ⁇ 3.
  • M b is selected from a single bond, a (r+1)-valent heterocycle, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a (r+1)-valent aromatic group, and a (r+1)-valent alicyclic group.
  • Each of the groups may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
  • Examples of the aromatic group for A 1 , A 2, and M b include aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as benzene, biphenyl, and naphthalene.
  • Examples of the alicyclic group for A 1 , A 2, and M b include alicyclic hydrocarbons having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclohexane and bicyclohexane.
  • Examples of the heterocycle in A 1 , A 2 and M b include nitrogen-containing heterocycles such as pyridine, piperidine and piperazine.
  • Examples of the alkyl group for A 1 and A 2 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the group represented by the above (pa-1) is preferably a group represented by the following (pa-1-a) from the viewpoint of exhibiting excellent vertical alignment control ability and stable pretilt angle.
  • the site may have a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (pa-1-ma), but is not limited thereto.
  • M a , M b , and S a have the same definitions as described above.
  • Z is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • X a and X b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group.
  • R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • R 4 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group.
  • R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, preferably a methyl group, a methoxy group or a fluorine atom.
  • a is an integer of 0 to 3 and b is an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the straight-chain or branched-chain alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of S a is a straight-chain or branched-chain alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferably a group, for example, a methylene group, ethylene group, n-propylene group, n-butylene group, t-butylene group, n-pentylene group, n-hexylene group, n-heptylene group, n-octylene group. ..
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic group of S a include 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6-tetra Fluoro-1,4-phenylene group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the divalent alicyclic group for S a for example, trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexyl Examples thereof include siren.
  • Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for S a include a 1,4-pyridylene group, a 2,5-pyridylene group, a 1,4-furanylene group, a 1,4-piperazine group, and a 1,4-piperidine group. be able to.
  • S a is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic group of R 2 include 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6-tetra Examples thereof include a fluoro-1,4-phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • Examples of the divalent alicyclic group for R 2 include trans 1,4-cyclohexylene and trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene.
  • Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for R 2 include 1,4-pyridylene group, 2,5-pyridylene group, 1,4-furanylene group, 1,4-piperazine group and 1,4-piperidine group. be able to.
  • R 2 is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group, trans 1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene.
  • Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms of R 4 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a part of hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group. Alternatively, all of them may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • alkyl groups include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n -Nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-lauryl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tridecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-pentadecyl group, n-hexadecyl group, n-heptadecyl group, n-octadecyl group, n -Nonadecyl group, n-eicosyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group, 4,4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentyl, 4,4,5,5,6,6,6-heptafluor
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including the alicyclic group of R 4 include a cholestenyl group, a cholestanyl group, an adamantyl group, the following formula (Alc-1) or (Alc-2) (wherein R 7 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and * represents a bonding position). Examples thereof include groups represented.
  • Examples of the monomer represented by the above formula (pa-1-ma) include, but are not limited to, the structures represented by the formulas (paa-1-ma1) to (paa-1-ma18).
  • “E” represents the E form
  • “t” represents the cyclohexyl group is trans type.
  • the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B are each independently a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxymethylamide group, a hydroxymethylamide group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group-containing group, an oxetanyl group, a thiylanyl group, an isocyanate group and a block.
  • the groups B may be the same as each other.
  • one is a carboxyl group and the other is an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group or a thiylanyl group, and one is a hydroxy group and the other is Is a blocked isocyanate group, one is a phenolic hydroxy group, the other is an epoxy group, a combination that is an oxetanyl group or thiyanyl group, one is a carboxyl group, the other is a blocked isocyanate group, one is an amino A group in which the other is a blocked isocyanate group, a combination in which both are N-alkoxymethylamides, and the like. More preferable combinations are a carboxyl group and an epoxy group, a hydroxy group and a blocked isocyanate group, and the like.
  • a monomer having the thermally crosslinkable group A may be copolymerized.
  • both of the monomer having the heat-crosslinkable group A and the monomer having the heat-crosslinkable group B are used in the production of the polymer as the component (A). It may be copolymerized.
  • Examples of the monomer having a heat-crosslinkable group include, for example, Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, mono-(2-(acryloyloxy)ethyl)phthalate, mono-(2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl)phthalate, N-(carboxyphenyl)maleimide, N-(carboxyphenyl)methacryl Amide, and a monomer having a carboxyl group such as N-(carboxyphenyl)acrylamide;
  • Monomers having a phenolic hydroxy group such as hydroxystyrene, N-(hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide, N-(hydroxyphenyl)acrylamide, N-(hydroxyphenyl)maleimide, and N-(hydroxyphenyl)maleimide;
  • Amino group-containing monomers such as aminoethyl acrylate, aminoethyl methacrylate, aminopropyl acrylate, and aminopropyl methacrylate;
  • the monomer having the photo-alignment group represented by the formula (a-1-m), the heat-crosslinkable group A, and optionally the heat-crosslinkable group are used.
  • the monomer having the group B other monomers copolymerizable with these monomers can be used in combination.
  • Such other monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds, vinyl compounds, N-methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl.
  • examples thereof include acrylamide compounds such as (meth)acrylamide and acrylamide, and monomers having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group and a polymerizable group.
  • acrylic acid ester compounds include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthrylmethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl.
  • methacrylic acid ester compound examples include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate, octadecyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthrylmethyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trimethacrylate.
  • Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid amide compound include acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-methylacrylamide, N,N-dimethylacrylamide, N,N-diethylacrylamide and the like.
  • vinyl compound examples include methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, vinyl naphthalene, vinyl carbazole, allyl glycidyl ether, and 3-ethenyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane.
  • styrene compound examples include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, and bromostyrene.
  • maleimide compound examples include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle is a structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas [Na] to [Nb] (in the formula, Z 2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). Is an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least 1, preferably 1 to 4.
  • the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom. Among these, for example, a pyridine ring can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the monomer having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group and a polymerizable group include 2-(2-pyridylcarbonyloxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(3-pyridylcarbonyloxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, and 2 Examples include -(4-pyridylcarbonyloxy)ethyl(meth)acrylate.
  • the other monomers used in the present invention may be used alone or in a combination of two or more kinds.
  • the photoreactive moiety represented by the above formula (pa-1) contained in the polymer as the component (A) of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more moieties. May be used in combination.
  • the photoreactive moiety represented by the above formula (pa-1) is contained in a proportion of 5 to 95 mol%, 10 to 60 mol%, or 15 to 50 mol% of all repeating units of the polymer as the component (A). Preferably.
  • the site having a heat-crosslinkable group to be contained in the polymer of the present invention may be the heat-crosslinkable group A alone, or a combination of two or more sites containing the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B. You may use it.
  • the introduction amount of the site having a heat-crosslinkable group is preferably 5 to 95 mol%, 40 to 90 mol%, or 50 to 85 mol% of all repeating units of the polymer as the component (A).
  • the content of the structure derived from the other monomer is preferably 0 to 40 mol %, 0 to 30 mol %, or 0 to 20 mol% of the total repeating units of the polymer as the component (A).
  • the specific polymer of the component (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a monomer having a photo-alignable group represented by the above formula (pa-1), a monomer having the above-mentioned heat-crosslinkable group A. , And optionally, the above-mentioned monomer having a heat-crosslinkable group B is copolymerized. Further, it can be copolymerized with the above-mentioned other monomers.
  • the method for producing the specific polymer of the component (A) in the present invention is not particularly limited, and a general method industrially handled can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization or anionic polymerization using a vinyl group of a monomer. Of these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of easy reaction control.
  • the polymerization initiator for radical polymerization known compounds such as radical polymerization initiators and reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization reagents can be used.
  • Radical thermal polymerization initiators are compounds that generate radicals when heated above the decomposition temperature.
  • examples of such radical thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides (methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, etc.), diacyl peroxides (acetyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, etc.), hydroperoxides (peroxides).
  • Such radical thermal polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation.
  • examples of such radical photopolymerization initiators include known compounds such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and isopropylxanthone. These compounds may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more.
  • the radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
  • the solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the specific polymer of the component (A) is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the generated polymer.
  • Specific examples thereof include the solvents described in the section ⁇ solvent> below, for example, N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones, dialkylimidazolidinones, lactones, carbonates, ketones, and formula (Sv-1).
  • Examples thereof include the compound represented by the formula (Sv-2), tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dimethyl sulfone and dimethyl sulfoxide. These solvents may be used alone or in combination.
  • a solvent that does not dissolve the produced polymer may be used as a mixture with the above-mentioned solvent as long as the produced polymer does not precipitate.
  • oxygen in the solvent causes a hindrance to the polymerization reaction, and therefore it is preferable to use an organic solvent that is degassed to the extent possible.
  • the polymerization temperature during radical polymerization can be selected from any temperature of 30 to 150° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 to 100° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but the monomer concentration is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the reaction can be performed at a high concentration in the initial stage, and then an organic solvent can be added.
  • the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer becomes small, and when it is small, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer becomes large. It is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol% with respect to the monomer to be polymerized.
  • various monomer components, a solvent, an initiator, etc. can also be added at the time of superposition
  • the reaction solution may be poured into a poor solvent to precipitate the polymers.
  • the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, heptane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, ethanol, toluene, benzene, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, water and the like.
  • the polymer precipitated by pouring it into a poor solvent can be collected by filtration, and then dried at room temperature or under normal pressure or reduced pressure by heating.
  • the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons, and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these, because the purification efficiency is further improved.
  • the molecular weight of the specific polymer of the component (A) is a weight average measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method, taking into consideration the strength of the resulting coating film, workability during coating film formation, and uniformity of the coating film.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
  • the component (B) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polymer selected from a polyimide having a radical-generating group that generates a radical upon irradiation with light and a precursor thereof.
  • radical generating group examples include organic groups represented by the following structures [X-1] to [X-18], [W], [Y], and [Z].
  • * represents a binding site to a portion other than the polymerizable reactive group of the compound molecule
  • S 1 and S 2 are independently -O- and -NR-.
  • —S— R is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • R 9 and R 10 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the case where R 9 and R 10 are alkyl groups, they may be bonded to each other at the ends to form a ring structure.
  • Q represents the following structure.
  • R 11 represents —CH 2 —, —NR—, —O—, or —S—
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • * represents Q of the compound molecule.
  • the binding sites with other parts are shown.
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the method for producing a polyimide precursor having a radical generating group and a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited.
  • a method of polymerizing a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group and a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride a method of polymerizing a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group and a tetracarboxylic acid diester, containing a radical generating group.
  • a method of polymerizing a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group and a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride or a tetracarboxylic acid diester is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of production.
  • the diamine having a radical-generating group is specifically a diamine having a side chain capable of generating a radical and polymerizing, and examples thereof include a diamine represented by the following general formula (6). It is not limited to.
  • R 6 is a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH 2 O—, —N( Represents CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-,
  • R 7 represents a single bond, or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted with a fluorine atom, and any one or more of —CH 2 — or —CF 2 — of the alkylene group is independently.
  • R 8 is a group selected from the above formulas [X-1] to [X-18].
  • the bonding positions of the two amino groups (—NH 2 ) in formula (6) are not limited. Specifically, with respect to the side-chain linking group, 2,3 positions, 2,4 positions, 2,5 positions, 2,6 positions, 3,4 positions on the benzene ring, 3,4 positions, 3, 5 positions. Above all, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing the polyamic acid, the 2,4 position, the 2,5 position, or the 3,5 position is preferable. Considering the ease of synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
  • diamine having a photoreactive group containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a coumarin group, a styryl group and a cinnamoyl group are as follows.
  • Compounds include, but are not limited to.
  • J 1 is a single bond, a bonding group selected from —O—, —COO—, —NHCO—, or —NH—
  • J 2 is a single bond or unsubstituted or substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Examples of the diamine having a side chain that is a site that is decomposed by ultraviolet irradiation to generate a radical include, but are not limited to, the diamine represented by the following general formula (7).
  • T 1 and T 2 are each independently a single bond, —O—, —S—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH. 2 O—, —N(CH 3 )—, —CON(CH 3 )—, or —N(CH 3 )CO—
  • S represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom, and any one or more of —CH 2 — or —CF 2 — of the alkylene group is independently.
  • J is a group selected from the above formulas [W], [Y] and [Z].
  • the bonding positions of the two amino groups (—NH 2 ) in the above formula (7) are not limited. Specifically, with respect to the side-chain linking group, 2,3 positions, 2,4 positions, 2,5 positions, 2,6 positions, 3,4 positions on the benzene ring, 3,4 positions, 3, 5 positions. Above all, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing the polyamic acid, the 2,4 position, the 2,5 position, or the 3,5 position is preferable. Considering the ease of synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
  • n is an integer of 2-8.
  • the above diamines may be used either individually or in combination of two or more, depending on the liquid crystal alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the sensitivity in the polymerization reaction, the voltage holding property, and the accumulated charge.
  • Such a diamine having a radical-generating group is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 50 mol% of the total diamine component used in the synthesis of a polymer selected from a polyimide having a radical-generating group and a precursor thereof, and more preferably Is 10 to 40 mol %, particularly preferably 15 to 30 mol %.
  • p-phenylenediamine 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-dimethyl- m-phenylenediamine, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminophenol, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2, 4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl , 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dicarboxy
  • the above-mentioned other diamines may be used alone or in combination of two or more, depending on the liquid crystal alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the sensitivity in the polymerization reaction, the voltage holding property, the accumulated charge and the like. ..
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride to be reacted with the above diamine component is not particularly limited. Specifically, pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 2, 3,6,7-anthracene tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracene tetracarboxylic acid, 3,3′,4,4′-biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3′,4′-biphenyl Tetracarboxylic acid, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone, bis(3,4-di) Carboxyphenyl)methane,
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the liquid crystal alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the sensitivity in the polymerization reaction, the voltage holding property, the accumulated charge and the like. ..
  • the structure of the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester to be reacted with the diamine component is not particularly limited, but specific examples thereof are given below.
  • Specific examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid diester include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, and 1 ,3-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2, 3,4-Cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,4,5
  • aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester examples include pyromellitic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3′,4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,2′,3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3′,4-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3′,4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3′,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, Bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ether dialkyl ester, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)sulfone dialkyl ester, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,6,7 -Naphthalene tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl
  • the component (B) polymer of the present application is preferably a component having a surface energy close to that of the component (A) polymer.
  • the acrylic component such as the component (A) basically has low polarity and low surface energy.
  • the polyimide component has high polarity and high surface energy.
  • the surface energy can be controlled to a value that is higher than that of the acrylic component but has a small difference.
  • As a method of reducing the polarity of the polyimide component there are a method of mixing with the component (A) after chemical imidization and a method of introducing a side chain.
  • a polymer obtained by polymerizing a tetracarboxylic acid derivative such as a known tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group and then chemically imidizing the polymer.
  • a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine having a side chain together with a diamine having a radical generating group a polyimide obtained by imidizing it, a tertiary butoxycarbonyloxy group together with a diamine having a radical generating group.
  • examples thereof include a polyimide precursor obtained by using the diamine, and a polyimide obtained by imidizing it.
  • the surface energy can be brought close to that of the acrylic polymer which is the component (A). Therefore, when a cured film is formed by coating and baking a liquid crystal aligning agent, aggregation or the like may occur. A flat cured film can be provided without causing this.
  • the diamine having a side chain include diamines represented by the formulas (2), (3), (4) and (5) described in paragraphs [0023] to [0039] of International Patent Application Publication WO2016/125870 and Specific examples thereof include diamines represented by the formulas [A-1] to [A-32].
  • diamine having a tertiary butoxycarbonyloxy group examples include compounds represented by the formulas [A-1], [A-2] and [A-3] described in paragraphs [0011] to [0034] of International Patent Application Publication WO2017/119461.
  • the diamine which has a structure and the diamine illustrated as the specific example are mentioned.
  • the content ratio of the polymer as the component (A) and the polymer as the component (B) in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is such that the mass ratio of the component (A) to the component (B) is 5:95 to 95:5. Is more preferable, 10:90 to 90:10 is more preferable, and 20:80 to 60:40 is further preferable.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention satisfies the requirement Z2, it contains a crosslinking agent as the component (C).
  • the component (C) include crosslinking agents having two or more heat-crosslinkable groups B.
  • cross-linking agent which is the component (C)
  • epoxy compounds compounds having two or more amino groups, methylol compounds, isocyanate compounds, phenoplast compounds, low molecular compounds such as blocked isocyanate compounds, and polymers of N-alkoxymethyl acrylamide.
  • epoxy compound described above ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1, 6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N,N,N', N',-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, and N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethan
  • Examples of the compound having two or more amino groups include diamines such as alicyclic diamine, aromatic diamine, aromatic-aliphatic diamine, and aliphatic diamine.
  • alicyclic diamines examples include 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4′-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethyldicyclohexylamine and isophorone. Diamine and the like can be mentioned.
  • aromatic diamines examples include o-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 3,5-diaminotoluene, 1,4-diamino.
  • aromatic diamines examples include 2-methoxybenzene, 2,5-diamino-p-xylene and 1,3-diamino-4-chlorobenzene.
  • aromatic-aliphatic diamines are 3-aminobenzylamine, 4-aminobenzylamine, 3-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 4-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 3-aminophenethylamine, 4- Aminophenethylamine, 3-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 4-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 3-(3-aminopropyl)aniline, 4-(3-aminopropyl)aniline, 3-(3-methylaminopropyl) Aniline, 4-(3-methylaminopropyl)aniline, 3-(4-aminobutyl)aniline, 4-(4-aminobutyl)aniline, 3-(4-methylaminobutyl)aniline, 4-(4-methyl Aminobutyl)aniline, 3-(5-aminopentyl)aniline, 4-(5-aminopentyl)aniline, 3-(5-
  • Examples of the aliphatic diamines are 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane and 1,7-diaminoheptane.
  • 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,3-diamino-2,2-dimethylpropane, 1,6-diamino-2,5-dimethylhexane, 1,7 -Diamino-2,5-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-4,4-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-3-methylheptane, 1,9-diamino-5-methylheptane and the like can be mentioned.
  • methylol compound examples include compounds such as alkoxymethylated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and alkoxymethylated melamine.
  • alkoxymethylated glycoluril examples include 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4. ,6-Tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(methoxymethyl) Examples include urea, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolinone, and 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolinone.
  • glycoluril compound (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1170, powder link (registered trademark) 1174) manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., methylated urea resin (trade name: UFR (registered trademark) 65) ), butylated urea resin (trade name: UFR (registered trademark) 300, U-VAN10S60, U-VAN10R, U-VAN11HV), urea/formaldehyde resin (high condensation type, trade name: Beckamine (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation. Registered trademark) J-300S, same P-955, same N) and the like.
  • alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine examples include, for example, tetramethoxymethyl benzoguanamine and the like.
  • Commercially available products include Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd. (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123), Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. (trade names: Nicalac (registered trademark) BX-4000, BX-37, and BL- 60, BX-55H) and the like.
  • alkoxymethylated melamine examples include hexamethoxymethylmelamine.
  • Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd. methoxymethyl type melamine compound (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 300, 301, 303, 350), butoxymethyl type melamine compound (trade name: Mycoat (registered trademark) 506, 508), methoxymethyl type melamine compound manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • it may be a compound obtained by condensing a melamine compound, a urea compound, a glycoluril compound and a benzoguanamine compound in which a hydrogen atom of such an amino group is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • a melamine compound a urea compound, a glycoluril compound and a benzoguanamine compound in which a hydrogen atom of such an amino group is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • examples include high molecular weight compounds prepared from melamine compounds and benzoguanamine compounds described in US Pat. No. 6,323,310.
  • Examples of commercial products of the melamine compound include trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 303 (manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd.) and the like, and commercial products of the benzoguanamine compound include trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123 ( Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., etc. may be mentioned.
  • isocyanate compound examples include, for example, VESTANAT B1358/100, VESTAGON BF 1540 (above, isocyanurate type modified polyisocyanate, manufactured by Degussa Japan Co., Ltd.), Takenate (registered trademark) B-882N, and B-7075 (the same). Above, isocyanurate-type modified polyisocyanate, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. and the like can be mentioned.
  • phenoplast compound examples include the following compounds, but the phenoplast compound is not limited to the following compound examples.
  • the compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups at the terminal of the molecule include the following compounds, Primid XL-552, and Primid SF-4510.
  • Examples of the blocked isocyanate compound include Coronate AP Stable M, Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (above, manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, Examples thereof include B-820NSU, B-842N, B-846N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.).
  • N-alkoxymethylacrylamide polymer examples include N-hydroxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, and N-butoxymethyl(meth).
  • Such a polymer include, for example, poly(N-butoxymethylacrylamide), a copolymer of N-butoxymethylacrylamide and styrene, a copolymer of N-hydroxymethylmethacrylamide and methylmethacrylate, and N.
  • examples thereof include a copolymer of ethoxymethyl methacrylamide and benzyl methacrylate, and a copolymer of N-butoxymethyl acrylamide, benzyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate.
  • the weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150,000, and further preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
  • Examples of the polymer of the compound having an epoxy group include polymers produced by using a compound having an epoxy group such as glycidyl methacrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate.
  • Such a polymer examples include poly(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate), poly(glycidyl methacrylate), a copolymer of glycidyl methacrylate and methyl methacrylate, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate.
  • examples thereof include a copolymer with methyl methacrylate and a copolymer with glycidyl methacrylate and styrene.
  • the weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150,000, and further preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
  • Examples of the polymer of the compound having an isocyanate group described above include 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (Karenz MOI [registered trademark], Showa Denko KK), 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate (Karenzu AOI [registered trademark]).
  • Such a polymer include, for example, poly(2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate), poly(2-(0-[1′-methylpropylideneamino]carboxyamino)ethyl methacrylate), 2-isocyanatoethyl.
  • examples thereof include a copolymer of methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer of 2-[(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl)carbonylamino]ethyl methacrylate and methyl methacrylate, and the like.
  • the weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150,000, and further preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
  • crosslinking agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the content is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin as the component (A). , And more preferably 1 to 80 parts by mass.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a coating liquid so as to be suitable for forming a liquid crystal aligning film. That is, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent.
  • the resin component is the specific polymer which is the component (A) and the polymer which is the component (B) which have already been described.
  • the total content of the specific polymer as the component (A) and the content of the polymer as the component (B) is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, and more preferably the total amount of the liquid crystal aligning agent. Is preferably 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 10% by mass.
  • the solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving the component (A), the component (B) and optionally the component (C).
  • the solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Further, even if it is not a solvent that dissolves the component (A) or the component (B), it can be used in combination with a solvent that dissolves the component (A) or the component (B). In this case, when the surface energy of the solvent that does not dissolve the component (A) or the component (B) is lower than that of the solvent that dissolves the component (A) or the component (B), the coatability of the liquid crystal aligning agent on the substrate is improved. It is preferable because it is possible.
  • N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • N,N-dimethylformamide N,N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylcaprolactam.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and X 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO— And X2 is a single bond or a carbonyl group, and R 1 is an alkanediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • n 1 is an integer of 1 to 3. When n 1 is 2 or 3, plural R 1 may be the same or different.
  • Z 1 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms for Y 1 and Y 2 include a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group and a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkanediyl group of R 1 may be linear or branched.
  • examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Z 1 include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of Y 3 and Y 4 include a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. And a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the solvent represented by the formula (Sv-1) include, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ( Butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl,
  • the solvent preferably has a boiling point of 80 to 200°C. More preferably, it is 80° C. to 180° C., and as a preferable solvent, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propanol, isopropanol, 3-methyl-3-methoxy Butanol, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, isoamyl methyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, 2-methylcyclohexyl acetate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate,
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention may contain a component other than the component (A), the component (B) and, if necessary, the component (C).
  • Such other components include a crosslinking catalyst, a compound that improves the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied, a compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate, and the like.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a cross-linking catalyst may be added to the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention for the purpose of promoting the reaction between the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B.
  • a crosslinking catalyst include p-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, p-phenolsulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, p-xylene-2-sulfonic acid, m- Xylene-2-sulfonic acid, 4-ethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluorooctanesulfonic acid, perfluoro(2-ethoxyethane)sulfonic acid, pentafluoroethanesulfonic acid, nonafluorobutane-1- Examples thereof include sulfonic acids
  • Examples of the compound that generates an acid by heat include bis(tosyloxy)ethane, bis(tosyloxy)propane, bis(tosyloxy)butane, p-nitrobenzyl tosylate, o-nitrobenzyl tosylate, 1,2,3- Phenylene tris (methyl sulfonate), p-toluenesulfonic acid pyridinium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid morphonium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid ethyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid propyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid butyl ester, p- Toluenesulfonic acid isobutyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid phenethyl ester, cyanomethyl
  • Examples of the compound that improves the uniformity of the film thickness and the surface smoothness include a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant and a nonion-based surfactant.
  • F-top (registered trademark) 301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), Megafac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC), Florard FC430, FC431 ( Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical). ..
  • the amount of these surfactants used is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. Parts by mass.
  • the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the functional silane-containing compounds shown below.
  • its amount is preferably 0.1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition, It is more preferably 1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass.
  • a photosensitizer can be used as an additive for improving the photoreactivity of the photoalignable group.
  • Specific examples thereof include aromatic 2-hydroxyketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonylbiscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may be applied on a substrate and baked, and then subjected to an alignment treatment such as rubbing treatment or light irradiation, or in some vertical alignment applications, a liquid crystal alignment film may be formed without the alignment treatment.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film may be formed without the alignment treatment.
  • the substrate include glass such as float glass and soda glass; polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyether sulfone, polycarbonate, poly(alicyclic olefin), polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyether ether.
  • a transparent substrate made of a plastic such as a ketone (PEEK) resin film, polysulfone (PSF), polyether sulfone (PES), polyamide, polyimide, acrylic and triacetyl cellulose can be used.
  • a NESA film made of tin oxide (SnO 2 ) (registered trademark of PPG Co., USA), an ITO film made of indium oxide-tin oxide (In 2 O 3 —SnO 2 ) and the like are used. Can be used.
  • the method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, but there are screen printing, flexographic printing, offset printing, inkjet, dip coating, roll coating, slit coating, spin coating and the like, and these may be used depending on the purpose. Good.
  • the solvent can be evaporated by a heating means such as a hot plate to form a coating film.
  • Firing after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent can be performed at any temperature of 40 to 300° C., preferably 40° C. to 250° C., more preferably 40° C. to 230° C.
  • the thickness of the coating film formed on the substrate is preferably 5 to 1,000 nm, more preferably 10 to 500 nm or 10 to 300 nm.
  • This firing can be performed with a hot plate, a hot air circulation furnace, an infrared furnace, or the like. Rayon cloth, nylon cloth, cotton cloth or the like can be used for the rubbing treatment.
  • Alignment treatment by light irradiation may be performed in an embodiment, for example, a step of forming a coating film by applying the above liquid crystal aligning agent on a substrate, or in a state where the coating film is not in contact with the liquid crystal layer, or The step of irradiating the coating film with light while being in contact with the liquid crystal layer may be included.
  • the light irradiated by the alignment treatment by light irradiation can be, for example, ultraviolet rays containing a light with a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm or visible light. Among these, ultraviolet rays containing light with a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm are preferable.
  • the irradiation light may be polarized light or non-polarized light. It is preferable to use light including linearly polarized light as the polarized light.
  • the light irradiation may be performed from a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface, an oblique direction, or a combination thereof.
  • the dose of light is preferably set to 0.1 mJ / cm 2 or more 1,000 mJ / cm less than 2, more preferably, to 1 ⁇ 500 mJ / cm 2, it is 2 ⁇ 200 mJ / cm 2 further preferable.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is provided with two substrates arranged to face each other, a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, and between the substrate and the liquid crystal layer, and is formed by the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied onto two substrates and baked to form a liquid crystal alignment film, and the two substrates are arranged so that the liquid crystal alignment films face each other.
  • This is a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell produced by sandwiching a liquid crystal layer composed of liquid crystal between these two substrates and irradiating with ultraviolet rays.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention by using the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention and irradiating the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer with ultraviolet rays, an interaction occurs between the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal residual DC is small, and it is considered that the liquid crystal display element is less likely to cause burn-in.
  • the substrate used for the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, but is usually a substrate on which transparent electrodes for driving liquid crystals are formed.
  • the same substrates as those described above for the liquid crystal alignment film can be mentioned.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may use a substrate provided with a conventional electrode pattern or protrusion pattern, but by having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, It is possible to operate by using a substrate with a line/slit electrode pattern of 1 to 10 ⁇ m formed on one side and a structure with no slit pattern or protrusion pattern formed on the opposite substrate, which simplifies the manufacturing process of the device. And high transmittance can be obtained.
  • a transmissive liquid crystal display element it is common to use the above substrate, but in a reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can be used if only one substrate is used. is there. At that time, a material such as aluminum that reflects light may be used for the electrodes formed on the substrate.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film is formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention on this substrate and then firing it, and the details are as described above.
  • a nematic liquid crystal having a negative dielectric anisotropy can be used as the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • dicyanobenzene-based liquid crystals pyridazine-based liquid crystals, Schiff-based liquid crystals, azoxy-based liquid crystals, biphenyl-based liquid crystals, phenylcyclohexane-based liquid crystals, terphenyl-based liquid crystals and the like can be used.
  • an alkenyl liquid crystal it is preferable to use an alkenyl liquid crystal together.
  • an alkenyl-based liquid crystal a conventionally known one can be used.
  • the compound represented by the following formula can be exemplified, but the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the liquid crystal composition forming the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a liquid crystal material used in the vertical alignment method.
  • MLC-6608, MLC-6609 and the like which are liquid crystal compositions having negative dielectric anisotropy manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc. can be used.
  • MLC-3022, MLC-3023 (including a photopolymerizable compound (RM)) manufactured by Merck Ltd. which is a liquid crystal composition containing an alkenyl-based liquid crystal and having a negative dielectric anisotropy, can be used. ..
  • a known method can be mentioned.
  • a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, spacers such as beads are scattered on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate, and an adhesive is applied to the periphery of the substrate to form the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the other substrate is bonded so that the surface on the side where the light is applied becomes the inside, and liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure to seal the liquid crystal.
  • a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, spacers such as beads are sprinkled on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate and then liquid crystal is dropped, and then the side where the liquid crystal alignment film is formed.
  • the liquid crystal cell can also be produced by a method in which the other substrate is attached and sealed so that the surface of the liquid crystal layer faces the inside.
  • the thickness of the spacer is preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the step of producing a liquid crystal cell by irradiating the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer with ultraviolet rays may be any time after the liquid crystal is sealed.
  • the irradiation amount of the ultraviolet rays is, for example, 1 to 60 J/cm 2 , preferably 40 J/cm 2 or less, and the smaller the irradiation amount of the ultraviolet rays is, the more the reduction in reliability caused by the destruction of the members constituting the liquid crystal display element can be suppressed.
  • the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used is preferably 300 to 500 nm, more preferably 300 to 400 nm.
  • the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the step of producing the liquid crystal cell is preferably different from the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the light irradiation step.
  • the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray used in the step of forming the liquid crystal cell is longer than the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray used in the light irradiation step, that the reverse reaction of the light irradiation step proceeds in the step of forming the liquid crystal cell.
  • the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the light irradiation step is 300 to 350 nm, and the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the step of forming a liquid crystal cell is 350 to 400 nm.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer may be irradiated with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage and maintaining this electric field.
  • the voltage applied between the electrodes is, for example, 5 to 30 Vp-p, preferably 5 to 20 Vp-p.
  • the polymerizable compound reacts with each other to form a polymer, and the polymer causes the liquid crystal molecules to tilt.
  • the response speed of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be increased.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains at least one polymer selected from a polyimide having a radical generating group and a precursor thereof, and is therefore suitable for use in the PSA system. That is, in the photo-alignment step, the photo-alignment group of the polymer as the component (A) is photo-reacted to give a tilt angle. After that, at the time of PSA treatment, radicals are generated from the polymer of the component (B) and the alkenyl liquid crystal in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized, whereby the imparted tilt angle can be fixed. As a result, the durability of the tilt angle of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be improved.
  • liquid crystal aligning agent is not only useful as a liquid crystal aligning agent for producing a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device such as a PSA type liquid crystal display or an SC-PVA type liquid crystal display, but also by a rubbing treatment or an optical alignment treatment. It can also be suitably used for producing a liquid crystal alignment film to be formed.
  • MA-p-1 A compound represented by the following formula (MA-p-1).
  • MA-p-1 the steric double bond represents the E form.
  • MA-B-1 Compound represented by the following formula (MA-B-1)
  • MA-B-2 Compound represented by the following formula (MA-B-2)
  • T-1 Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (T-1)
  • T-2 Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (T-2)
  • T-3 The following formula ( T-3) Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride
  • T-4 Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (T-4)
  • DA-v-1 Oriented diamine represented by the following formula (DA-v-1)
  • DA-v-2 Oriented diamine represented by the following formula (DA-v-2)
  • DA-v-3 The following formula (DA -V-3) oriented diamine
  • DA-v-4 an oriented diamine represented by the following formula (DA-v-3)
  • DA-r-1 a diamine represented by the following formula (DA-r-1)
  • DA-c-1 Other diamine represented by the following formula (DA-c-1)
  • DA-c-2 Other diamine represented by the following formula (DA-c-2)
  • (Crosslinking agent component) B-1 Crosslinking agent component represented by the following formula (B-1)
  • B-2 Crosslinking agent component represented by the following formula (B-2)
  • the molecular weight of the polymer in the synthesis example was measured using a room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) device (SSC-7200, Shodex column (KD-803, KD-805) manufactured by Senshu Scientific Co., Ltd. as follows.
  • GPC room temperature gel permeation chromatography
  • the imidization ratio in the synthesis example was measured as follows. 20 mg of polyimide powder was put in an NMR sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard ⁇ 5 manufactured by Kusano Science Co., Ltd.), 1.0 ml of deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6, 0.05% TMS mixture) was added, and ultrasonic waves were applied. Completely dissolved. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz with an NMR measuring device (JNW-ECA500) manufactured by JEOL Datum.
  • JNW-ECA500 an NMR measuring device manufactured by JEOL Datum.
  • the imidization ratio is determined by using a proton derived from a structure that does not change before and after imidization as a reference proton, and the integrated value of the peak of this proton and the proton peak derived from the NH group of amic acid appearing around 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. It was calculated by the following formula using the integrated value.
  • x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid
  • y is the peak integrated value of the reference proton
  • is the proton of the NH group of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidization ratio is 0%). It is the ratio of the number of reference protons to one.
  • Imidization rate (%) (1- ⁇ x/y) ⁇ 100
  • T-4 (4.36 g, 20.0 mmol) and T-1 (10.60 g, 54.1 mmol) were weighed and NMP was added so that the reaction concentration was 20% by mass, and at 40° C.
  • the reaction was carried out for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution.
  • 180.0 g of the above polyamic acid solution was taken, NMP was added so that the solid content concentration became 6.5% by mass, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes.
  • 38.0 g of acetic anhydride and 11.5 g of pyridine were added, and heated at 70° C. for 3 hours to carry out chemical imidization.
  • the obtained reaction liquid was poured into methanol in an amount of 3 times the mass of the reaction liquid while stirring, the deposited precipitate was filtered, and subsequently washed with methanol.
  • the obtained resin powder was dried under reduced pressure at 100° C. to obtain a polyimide (PI-A-1) powder.
  • the imidation ratio of this polyimide resin powder was 72%.
  • NMP was added to the obtained polyimide (PI-A-1) so that the solid content concentration was 12%, and the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 20 hours to obtain a polyimide (PI-A-1) having a solid content concentration of 12% by mass.
  • Example 1 ⁇ Preparation of liquid crystal aligning agent> (Example 1)
  • Liquid crystal aligning agents (2) to (12) and (R1) to (R2) were obtained with the composition shown in Table 3 and in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent was spin-coated on the ITO surface of a glass substrate with a transparent electrode made of an ITO film, dried on a hot plate at 70° C. for 90 seconds, and then baked on a hot plate at 230° C. for 30 minutes to give a film thickness. A 100 nm liquid crystal alignment film was formed. Then, the coated film surface was irradiated with 313 nm linearly polarized ultraviolet light having an irradiation intensity of 4.3 mW/cm 2 through a polarizing plate at 50 mJ/cm 2 from an angle inclined by 40° from the substrate normal direction, and a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film was formed.
  • Got Linearly polarized ultraviolet light was prepared by passing the ultraviolet light of a high-pressure mercury lamp through a 313 nm bandpass filter and then through a 313 nm polarizing plate. Two of the above substrates were prepared, 4 ⁇ m of bead spacers were scattered on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and then a sealant (XN-1500T, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals) was applied. Next, the other substrate was bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film surfaces faced each other and the alignment direction was 180°, and then the sealant was thermally cured at 120° C. for 90 minutes. After allowing to cool at room temperature, liquid crystal (MLC-3022 manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) was injected by a reduced pressure injection method.
  • MLC-3022 manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.
  • This liquid crystal cell was irradiated with 10 J/cm 2 of ultraviolet light that passed through a 365 nm bandpass filter from the outside of the cell with no voltage applied, and then was irradiated for 30 minutes using a fluorescent UV lamp (FLR40SUV32/A-1). By doing so, a liquid crystal display element was obtained.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention and the liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal aligning film obtained therefrom can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device for which in-vehicle use or the like is required to have durability.

Abstract

The present invention provides: a liquid crystal alignment film that has excellent display reliability with less changes in a pretilt angle even after being driven for a long time, has high voltage holding characteristics, and is capable of reducing charge buildup; a liquid crystal display element comprising the same; and a liquid crystal alignment agent that provides the same. The present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment agent that comprises, as component (A), a polymer having a photo-alignment group represented by formula (pa-1) (in the formula, A is phenylene or the like, R1 is a single bond, oxygen atom, or the like, R2 is a divalent aromatic group or the like, R3 is a single bond, oxygen atom, or the like, R4 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms and including an alicyclic group, D is an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or -NRd-, a is an integer of 0 to 3, and * is a binding site) and a thermal crosslinking group A, and as component (B), a polymer selected from polyimide that has a radical generating group that generates a radical due to irradiation with light and a precursor thereof, and a solvent.

Description

液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜、及び液晶表示素子Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、液晶配向剤、これにより得られる液晶配向膜、及び得られた液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子に関する。さらに詳しくは、液晶配向性が良好であり、プレチルト角発現能にも優れ、且つ高い信頼性が得られる液晶配向膜を与えることのできる液晶配向剤および表示品位に優れる液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning film obtained by the liquid crystal aligning agent, and a liquid crystal display device including the obtained liquid crystal aligning film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent capable of providing a liquid crystal aligning film having excellent liquid crystal aligning property, excellent pretilt angle expressing ability, and high reliability, and a liquid crystal display device having excellent display quality.
 液晶表示素子において、液晶配向膜は液晶を一定の方向に配向させるという役割を担っている。現在、工業的に使用されている主な液晶配向膜は、ポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミド酸(ポリアミック酸ともいわれる)、ポリアミック酸エステルや、ポリイミドの溶液からなるポリイミド系の液晶配向剤を、基板に塗布し成膜することで作製される。
 また、基板面に対して液晶を平行配向又は傾斜配向させる場合は、成膜した後、更にラビングによる表面延伸処理が行われている。
In the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment film plays a role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction. Currently, the main liquid crystal alignment film used industrially is a polyimide precursor polyamic acid (also called polyamic acid), polyamic acid ester, or a polyimide-based liquid crystal aligning agent consisting of a solution of polyimide, on the substrate. It is manufactured by applying and forming a film.
Further, when the liquid crystal is aligned parallel or inclined with respect to the substrate surface, after film formation, surface stretching treatment by rubbing is further performed.
 一方、基板に対して垂直に液晶を配向させる場合(垂直配向(VA)方式と呼ばれる)は、長鎖アルキルや環状基又は環状基とアルキル基の組み合わせ(例えば特許文献1参照)、ステロイド骨格(例えば特許文献2参照)などの疎水性基をポリイミドの側鎖に導入した液晶配向膜が用いられている。この場合、基板間に電圧を印加して液晶分子が基板に平行な方向に向かって傾く際に、液晶分子が基板法線方向から基板面内の一方向に向かって傾くようにする必要がある。このための手段として、例えば、基板上に突起を設ける方法、表示用電極にスリットを設ける方法、ラビングにより液晶分子を基板法線方向から基板面内の一方向に向けてわずかに傾けておく(プレチルトさせる)方法、さらには、あらかじめ液晶組成物中に光重合性化合物を添加し、ポリイミド等の垂直配向膜と共に用いて、液晶セルに電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射することで、液晶をプレチルトさせる方法(例えば、特許文献3参照)などが提案されている。このような技術はPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)と呼ばれる。 On the other hand, when the liquid crystal is aligned vertically to the substrate (called vertical alignment (VA) system), long-chain alkyl or cyclic group or a combination of cyclic group and alkyl group (see, for example, Patent Document 1), steroid skeleton (refer to Patent Document 1). For example, a liquid crystal alignment film in which a hydrophobic group such as that of Patent Document 2) is introduced into a side chain of polyimide is used. In this case, when a voltage is applied between the substrates to tilt the liquid crystal molecules in a direction parallel to the substrates, the liquid crystal molecules need to be tilted from the substrate normal direction to one direction in the substrate surface. .. As means for this, for example, a method of providing a protrusion on the substrate, a method of providing a slit on the display electrode, and rubbing the liquid crystal molecules slightly from the substrate normal direction toward one direction in the substrate surface ( Pretilt), or by pre-tilting the liquid crystal by irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal cell by adding a photopolymerizable compound to the liquid crystal composition in advance and using it together with a vertical alignment film such as polyimide. There has been proposed a method (see, for example, Patent Document 3) for doing so. Such a technique is called PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment).
 近年、VA方式の液晶配向制御における突起やスリットの形成、及びPSA技術に代わるものとして偏光紫外線照射等による異方的光化学反応を利用する方法(光配向法)も提案されている。すなわち、光反応性を有する垂直配向性のポリイミド膜に、偏光紫外線照射し、配向規制能およびプレチルト角発現性を付与することにより、電圧印加時の液晶分子の傾き方向を均一に制御できることが知られている(特許文献4参照)。 In recent years, a method (photo-alignment method) that utilizes an anisotropic photochemical reaction due to polarized UV irradiation or the like has been proposed as an alternative to the formation of protrusions and slits in liquid crystal alignment control of the VA method and PSA technology. That is, it is known that the tilt direction of liquid crystal molecules when a voltage is applied can be uniformly controlled by irradiating a vertically aligned polyimide film having photoreactivity with polarized ultraviolet light and imparting alignment regulating ability and pretilt angle expressing property. (See Patent Document 4).
 VA方式の液晶表示素子はコントラストが高い、視野角が広いといった特徴から、TVや車載ディスプレイに使用されている。TV用の液晶表示素子は高輝度を得るために発熱量が大きいバックライトを使用していたり、車載用途で用いられる液晶表示素子、例えば、カーナビゲーションシステムやメーターパネルでは、長時間高温環境下で使用あるいは放置される場合がある。そのような過酷条件において、プレチルト角が徐々に変化した場合、初期の表示特性が得られなくなったり、表示にムラが発生したりなどの問題が起こる。さらに、液晶を駆動させた際の、電圧保持特性や電荷蓄積特性も液晶配向膜の影響をうけ、電圧保持率が低い場合は表示画面のコントラストが低下する、直流電圧に対する電荷の蓄積が大きい場合は表示画面が焼き付くという現象が生じる。 VA liquid crystal display elements are used in TVs and in-vehicle displays because of their high contrast and wide viewing angle. A liquid crystal display device for TV uses a backlight that generates a large amount of heat in order to obtain high brightness, and a liquid crystal display device used for in-vehicle applications, such as a car navigation system or a meter panel, is exposed to a high temperature environment for a long time. It may be used or left unused. Under such severe conditions, when the pretilt angle gradually changes, problems such as the initial display characteristics not being obtained and display unevenness occur. In addition, when the liquid crystal is driven, the voltage holding characteristics and charge storage characteristics are also affected by the liquid crystal alignment film, and when the voltage holding ratio is low, the contrast of the display screen decreases, and when the charge accumulation with respect to the DC voltage is large. Causes a phenomenon that the display screen is burned.
 ここで、液晶配向層として、光配向性基を有する繰り返し単位と、重合開始剤構造を有する繰り返し単位とを有するポリイミド前駆体を用いて、PSA処理を実施することにより、配向維持層との共有結合を形成し、チルト角の安定性を高めること(特許文献5)が知られている。また、光配向性基を有する重合体から得られる配向層と、光吸収によりラジカルを発生するモノマーを用いて形成された配向維持層によりチルト角の安定性を高めることが知られている(特許文献6)。しかし、光配向処理後のPSA処理において、光配向性基の逆反応が進行して、光配向性が損なわれる場合があった。 Here, by using a polyimide precursor having a repeating unit having a photo-alignable group and a repeating unit having a polymerization initiator structure as the liquid crystal alignment layer, PSA treatment is performed to share it with the alignment sustaining layer. It is known to form a bond and increase the stability of the tilt angle (Patent Document 5). It is also known that the stability of the tilt angle is enhanced by an alignment layer obtained from a polymer having a photoalignable group and an alignment sustaining layer formed using a monomer that generates radicals by absorbing light (Patent Reference 6). However, in the PSA treatment after the photo-alignment treatment, the reverse reaction of the photo-alignment group may proceed and the photo-alignment property may be impaired.
特開平3-179323号公報JP-A-3-179323 特開平4-281427号公報JP-A-4-281427 特許第4504626号公報Japanese Patent No. 4504626 特許第4995267号公報Japanese Patent No. 4995267 国際公開WO2011/001579号公報International publication WO2011/001579 国際公開WO2013/002084号公報International publication WO2013/002084
 本発明は、上記の事情に鑑みなされたものであって、その課題は、長時間駆動後でもプレチルト角の変化が少なく表示の信頼性に優れるとともに、電圧保持特性が高く、なおかつ電荷蓄積を低減しうる液晶配向膜、それを有する液晶表示素子と、それを与える液晶配向剤を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and its problem is that the change in the pretilt angle is small even after driving for a long time, the display reliability is excellent, the voltage holding characteristic is high, and the charge accumulation is reduced. A liquid crystal alignment film which can be used, a liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal alignment agent for providing the same.
 本発明者らは、以下の<X>を要旨とする発明を見出した。
 <X> (A)成分として下記式(pa-1)で表される光配向性基と熱架橋性基Aとを有する重合体、(B)成分として光照射によりラジカルを発生するラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド及びその前駆体から選ばれる重合体及び溶媒を含有する液晶配向剤。
The present inventors have found an invention based on the following <X>.
<X> A polymer having a photoalignable group represented by the following formula (pa-1) and a thermally crosslinkable group A as the component (A), and a radical-generating group that generates a radical by light irradiation as the component (B). A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polymer and a solvent selected from a polyimide having the above and a precursor thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式中、Aは場合によりフッ素、塩素、シアノから選択される基によるか、又は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル残基(これは、場合により1個のシアノ基又は1個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている)で置換されている、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、2,5-チオフェニレン、2,5-フラニレン、1,4-若しくは2,6-ナフチレン又はフェニレンを表し、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、2価の複素環式基または2価の縮合環式基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、Dは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR-(ここで、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキルを表す)を表し、aは0~3の整数であり、*は結合位置を表す。 In the formula, A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (which may be one Substituted with a cyano group or with one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furanylene, Represents 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 2 is a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic group Group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a straight chain having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. Or a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a branched alkyl group or an alicyclic group, D is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R d is a hydrogen atom) Or represents an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a is an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position.
 本発明により、液晶配向性が良好であり、プレチルト角発現能にも優れ、且つ長時間駆動後でもプレチルト角の変化が少なく表示の信頼性に優れるとともに、電圧保持特性が高く、なおかつ電荷蓄積を低減しうる液晶配向膜ならびに液晶配向剤を提供できる。
 また、本発明の方法によって製造された液晶表示素子は優れた表示特性を有する。
According to the present invention, the liquid crystal orientation is good, the pretilt angle expressing ability is excellent, the change in the pretilt angle is small even after driving for a long time, the display reliability is high, the voltage holding characteristic is high, and the charge accumulation is high. A liquid crystal aligning film and a liquid crystal aligning agent that can be reduced can be provided.
In addition, the liquid crystal display device manufactured by the method of the present invention has excellent display characteristics.
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、(A)成分として下記式(pa-1)で表される光配向性基と熱架橋性基Aとを有する重合体、(B)成分として光照射によりラジカルを発生するラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド及びその前駆体から選ばれる重合体及び溶媒を含有する。 The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polymer having a photo-aligning group represented by the following formula (pa-1) and a heat-crosslinkable group A as the component (A), and a radical as a component (B) upon irradiation with light. It contains a polymer and a solvent selected from a polyimide having a radical-generating group to be generated and a precursor thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式中、Aは場合によりフッ素、塩素、シアノから選択される基によるか、又は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル残基(これは、場合により1個のシアノ基又は1個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている)で置換されている、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、2,5-チオフェニレン、2,5-フラニレン、1,4-若しくは2,6-ナフチレン又はフェニレンを表し、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、2価の複素環式基または2価の縮合環式基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、Dは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR-(ここで、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキルを表す)を表し、aは0~3の整数であり、*は結合位置を表す。 In the formula, A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (which may be one Substituted with a cyano group or with one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furanylene, Represents 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 2 is a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic group Group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a straight chain having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. Or a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a branched alkyl group or an alicyclic group, D is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R d is a hydrogen atom) Or represents an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a is an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position.
 液晶配向剤は、(A)成分が、さらに熱架橋性基Aを有する重合体であって、下記要件Z1及びZ2の少なくとも一方を満たすものであってもよい。
 Z1:(A)成分である重合体が、熱架橋性基Bをさらに有する。
 Z2:(C)成分として、分子内に2個以上の熱架橋性基Bを有する化合物をさらに含有する。
 熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基Bは、それぞれ独立に、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、アルコキシメチルアミド基、ヒドロキシメチルアミド基、水酸基、エポキシ部位含有基、オキセタニル基、チイラニル基、イソシアネート基及びブロックイソシアネート基からなる群から選ばれる有機基であって、熱架橋性基Aと熱架橋性基Bとが熱により架橋反応するように選択されてなり、ただし、熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基Bは互いに同じでもよい。
The liquid crystal aligning agent may be a polymer in which the component (A) further has a thermally crosslinkable group A, and may satisfy at least one of the following requirements Z1 and Z2.
The polymer which is the Z1:(A) component further has a thermally crosslinkable group B.
Z2: A compound having two or more heat-crosslinkable groups B in the molecule is further contained as the component (C).
The heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B are each independently a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxymethylamide group, a hydroxymethylamide group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group-containing group, an oxetanyl group, a thiylanyl group, an isocyanate group and a block. An organic group selected from the group consisting of isocyanate groups, which is selected so that the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B undergo a crosslinking reaction by heat, provided that the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group are The groups B may be the same as each other.
 ここで、「分子内に2個以上」とは、例えばエポキシ基を2個以上など、同種の基を2個以上、分子内に含有する場合の他、例えばエポキシ基とチイラン基という組合せのように、異種の基を2個以上、分子内に含有する場合をも含む意である。「分子内に2個以上」は、好ましくは、同種の基を2個以上、分子内に含有するのがよい。 Here, "two or more in the molecule" means, for example, a case where two or more groups of the same kind such as two or more epoxy groups are contained in the molecule, or a combination of an epoxy group and a thiirane group. In addition, the case where two or more different groups are contained in the molecule is meant to be included. “Two or more in the molecule” preferably contains two or more groups of the same kind in the molecule.
 本発明の液晶配向剤中に含有される(A)成分である重合体は、光に対して感度が高いため、低露光量の偏光紫外線照射においても、配向制御能を発現できる。
 また、(A)成分である重合体が熱架橋性基Aを含有するとともに、さらに熱架橋性基Bを成分中に含有することによって、液晶配向剤の焼成時間が短い場合でも(A)成分である重合体を含む架橋反応が可能となる。これにより、光配向性部位が光反応により異方性を発現した際に、液晶配向膜に異方性が残存(メモリー)しやすくなるため、液晶配向性を高め、且つ液晶のプレチルト角を発現することが可能となる。
The polymer which is the component (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has high sensitivity to light, and therefore can exhibit the alignment control ability even in the irradiation of polarized ultraviolet rays with a low exposure amount.
Further, since the polymer as the component (A) contains the heat-crosslinkable group A and further contains the heat-crosslinkable group B in the component, the component (A) can be obtained even when the firing time of the liquid crystal aligning agent is short. A cross-linking reaction involving the polymer As a result, when the photo-alignment site exhibits anisotropy due to photoreaction, anisotropy is likely to remain (memory) in the liquid crystal alignment film, so that the liquid crystal alignment is enhanced and the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal is exhibited. It becomes possible to do.
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤は、(B)成分である重合体を含有することにより、特にアルケニル系液晶を含有する液晶組成物を用いてPSA処理を行う場合に好適に用いることが可能であり、PSA処理によるプレチルト角の耐久性の向上を図ることができる。 Further, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be suitably used particularly when the PSA treatment is carried out by using the liquid crystal composition containing the alkenyl-based liquid crystal by containing the polymer as the component (B). Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of the pretilt angle by the PSA process.
 なお、上記式(pa-1)で表される光配向性基、熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基Bは、いずれも重合体における側鎖になりうるものであることから、必要に応じて、「側鎖」と言い換えることもできる。
 以下、本発明の各構成要件につき詳述する。
The photo-alignable group represented by the above formula (pa-1), the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B are all capable of forming a side chain in the polymer. In other words, it can be referred to as a "side chain".
Hereinafter, each constituent element of the present invention will be described in detail.
<(A)成分:特定重合体>
[式(pa-1)で表される光配向性基] 
 本発明において、分子内に上記式(pa-1)で表される光配向性を有する部位は、例えば下記式(a-1)で表すことができる。また、該部位は、下記式(a-1-m)で表されるモノマー由来の構造を挙げることができるがこれに限定されない。式中、Iaは、下記式(pa-1)で表される1価の有機基である。
<(A) component: specific polymer>
[Photo-Orienting Group Represented by Formula (pa-1)]
In the present invention, the site having the photo-alignment property represented by the above formula (pa-1) in the molecule can be represented by, for example, the following formula (a-1). Further, the site may have a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (a-1-m), but is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ia is a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula (pa-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(pa-1)中、Aは場合によりフッ素、塩素、シアノから選択される基によるか、又は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル残基(これは、場合により1個のシアノ基又は1個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている)で置換されている、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、2,5-チオフェニレン、2,5-フラニレン、1,4-若しくは2,6-ナフチレン又はフェニレンを表し、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、2価の複素環式基または2価の縮合環式基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、Dは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR-(ここで、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキルを表す)を表し、aは0~3の整数であり、*は結合位置を表す。 In formula (pa-1), A is a group optionally selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (this is Optionally substituted with one cyano group or one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2 , 5-furanylene, 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, 2 A divalent alicyclic group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a carbon number of 1 A monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a linear or branched alkyl group having 40 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group, and D is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R is d represents a hydrogen atom or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a is an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position.
 上記式(a-1)又は(a-1-m)中、Sは、スペーサー単位を表し、Sの左の結合基は、特定重合体の主鎖に、任意にスペーサーを介して結合することを示す。
 Sは、例えば下記式(Sp)の構造で表すことができる。
In the above formula (a-1) or (a-1-m), S a represents a spacer unit, and the bonding group on the left of S a is bonded to the main chain of the specific polymer via a spacer. Indicates that
S a can be represented by, for example, a structure represented by the following formula (Sp).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(Sp)中、
 Wの左の結合はMへの結合を表し、
 Wの右の結合はIへの結合を表し、
 W、W及びWは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、二価の複素環、-(CH-(式中、nは1~20を表す)、-OCH-、-CHO-、―COO-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCF-又は-C≡C-を表すが、これらの置換基において非隣接のCH基の一つ以上は独立して、-O-、-CO-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-、-Si(CH-O-Si(CH―、-NR-、-NR-CO-、-CO-NR-、-NR-CO-O-、-OCO-NR-、-NR-CO-NR-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-又は-O-CO-O-(式中、Rは独立して水素又は炭素原子数1から5の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基を表す)で置換することができ、
 A及びAは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、2価のアルキル基、2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、又は2価の複素環式基から選ばれる基であり、それぞれの基は無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良い。
In formula (Sp),
The bond on the left of W 1 represents the bond to M b ,
The bond on the right of W 3 represents the bond to I a ,
W 1 , W 2 and W 3 are each independently a single bond, a divalent heterocycle, —(CH 2 ) n — (in the formula, n represents 1 to 20), —OCH 2 —, — Represents CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C≡C— However, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 groups in these substituents are independently —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —Si(CH 3 ) 2 — O-Si(CH 3 ) 2 -, -NR-, -NR-CO-, -CO-NR-, -NR-CO-O-, -OCO-NR-, -NR-CO-NR-, -CH ═CH—, —C≡C— or —O—CO—O— (wherein R independently represents hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). Can
A 1 and A 2 are each independently a group selected from a single bond, a divalent alkyl group, a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group. , Each group may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
 式(a-1-m)中、Mは重合性基を表す。該重合性基として、(メタ)アクリレート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン、(メタ)アクリルアミド及びその誘導体のラジカル重合性基、及びシロキサンを挙げることができる。好ましくは(メタ)アクリレート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、アクリルアミドであるのがよい。
 rは、1≦r≦3を満たす整数である。
 Mは、単結合、(r+1)価の複素環、炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基、(r+1)価の芳香族基、(r+1)価の脂環式基から選ばれる基であり、それぞれの基は無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良い。
In formula (a-1-m), M a represents a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include (meth)acrylate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, radical-polymerizable groups of (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives, and siloxane. it can. Preferred are (meth)acrylate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide and acrylamide.
r is an integer that satisfies 1≦r≦3.
M b is selected from a single bond, a (r+1)-valent heterocycle, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a (r+1)-valent aromatic group, and a (r+1)-valent alicyclic group. Each of the groups may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
 A、A2、及びMにおける芳香族基としては、例えば、ベンゼン、ビフェニル、ナフタレンのような炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素を挙げることができる。A、A2、及びMにおける脂環式基としては、例えばシクロヘキサン、ビシクロヘキサンのような炭素数6~12の脂環式炭化水素を挙げることができる。A、A2、及びMにおける複素環としては、例えばピリジン、ピペリジン、ピペラジン等の窒素含有複素環を挙げることができる。A、Aにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the aromatic group for A 1 , A 2, and M b include aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as benzene, biphenyl, and naphthalene. Examples of the alicyclic group for A 1 , A 2, and M b include alicyclic hydrocarbons having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclohexane and bicyclohexane. Examples of the heterocycle in A 1 , A 2 and M b include nitrogen-containing heterocycles such as pyridine, piperidine and piperazine. Examples of the alkyl group for A 1 and A 2 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 良好な垂直配向制御能と安定なプレチルト角を発現し得る観点から、上記(pa-1)で表される基は、下記(pa-1-a)で表される基であることが好ましい。また、該部位は、下記式(pa-1-ma)で表されるモノマー由来の構造を挙げることができるがこれに限定されない。 The group represented by the above (pa-1) is preferably a group represented by the following (pa-1-a) from the viewpoint of exhibiting excellent vertical alignment control ability and stable pretilt angle. The site may have a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (pa-1-ma), but is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式(pa-1-a)又は(pa-1-ma)中、M、M、及びSは、上述と同じ定義である。
 また、Zは酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。
 X及びXは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基である。
 Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-である。
 Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、又は2価の複素環式基である。
 Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-である。
 Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基である。
 Rは炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、フッ素原子またはシアノ基、好ましくはメチル基、メトキシ基又はフッ素原子である。
 aは0~3の整数であり、bは0~4の整数である。
In formula (pa-1-a) or (pa-1-ma), M a , M b , and S a have the same definitions as described above.
Z is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
X a and X b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group.
R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
R 4 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group.
R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, preferably a methyl group, a methoxy group or a fluorine atom.
a is an integer of 0 to 3 and b is an integer of 0 to 4.
 式(pa-1-a)又は(pa-1-ma)中、Sの炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基として、炭素数1~8の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、例えばメチレン基、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、t-ブチレン基、n-ペンチレン基、n-ヘキシレン基、n-ヘプチレン基、n-オクチレン基が好ましい。
 Sの2価の芳香族基として、例えば1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基等を挙げることができる。
In formula (pa-1-a) or (pa-1-ma), the straight-chain or branched-chain alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of S a is a straight-chain or branched-chain alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferably a group, for example, a methylene group, ethylene group, n-propylene group, n-butylene group, t-butylene group, n-pentylene group, n-hexylene group, n-heptylene group, n-octylene group. ..
Examples of the divalent aromatic group of S a include 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6-tetra Fluoro-1,4-phenylene group and the like can be mentioned.
 式(pa-1-a)又は(pa-1-ma)中、Sの2価の脂環式基として、例えばトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン、トランス-トランス-1,4-ビシクロヘキシレン等を挙げることができる。
 Sの2価の複素環式基として、例えば1,4-ピリジレン基、2,5-ピリジレン基、1,4-フラニレン基、1,4-ピペラジン基、1,4-ピペリジン基等を挙げることができる。
 Sは、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキレン基であり、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基であるのがよい。
In the formula (pa-1-a) or (pa-1-ma), as the divalent alicyclic group for S a , for example, trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexyl Examples thereof include siren.
Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for S a include a 1,4-pyridylene group, a 2,5-pyridylene group, a 1,4-furanylene group, a 1,4-piperazine group, and a 1,4-piperidine group. be able to.
S a is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 Rの2価の芳香族基として、例えば1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等を挙げることができる。
 Rの2価の脂環式基として、例えばトランス1,4-シクロヘキシレン、トランス-トランス-1,4-ビシクロヘキシレン等を挙げることができる。
 Rの2価の複素環式基として、例えば1,4-ピリジレン基、2,5-ピリジレン基、1,4-フラニレン基、1,4-ピペラジン基、1,4-ピペリジン基等を挙げることができる。
 Rは、1,4-フェニレン基、トランス1,4-シクロヘキシレン、トランス-トランス-1,4-ビシクロヘキシレンであるのがよい。
Examples of the divalent aromatic group of R 2 include 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6-tetra Examples thereof include a fluoro-1,4-phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
Examples of the divalent alicyclic group for R 2 include trans 1,4-cyclohexylene and trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene.
Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for R 2 include 1,4-pyridylene group, 2,5-pyridylene group, 1,4-furanylene group, 1,4-piperazine group and 1,4-piperidine group. be able to.
R 2 is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group, trans 1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene.
 Rの炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基としては、例えば炭素数1~20の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基を挙げることができ、このアルキル基の水素原子の一部または全部はフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。かかるアルキル基の例としては、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ドデシル基、n-トリデシル基、n-テトラデシル基、n-ペンタデシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、n-ヘプタデシル基、n-オクタデシル基、n-ノナデシル基、n-エイコシル基、4,4,4-トリフロロブチル基、4,4,5,5,5-ペンタフルオロペンチル、4,4,5,5,6,6,6-ヘプタフルオロヘキシル基、3,3,4,4,5,5,5-ヘプタフルオロペンチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロプロピル基、2-(パーフルオロブチル)エチル基、2-(パーフルオロオクチル)エチル基、2-(パーフルオロデシル)エチル基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms of R 4 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a part of hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group. Alternatively, all of them may be substituted with a fluorine atom. Examples of such alkyl groups include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n -Nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-lauryl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tridecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-pentadecyl group, n-hexadecyl group, n-heptadecyl group, n-octadecyl group, n -Nonadecyl group, n-eicosyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group, 4,4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentyl, 4,4,5,5,6,6,6-heptafluoro Hexyl group, 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-heptafluoropentyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl group, 2- Examples thereof include (perfluorobutyl)ethyl group, 2-(perfluorooctyl)ethyl group, and 2-(perfluorodecyl)ethyl group.
 Rの脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基としては、例えばコレステニル基、コレスタニル基、アダマンチル基、下記式(Alc-1)または(Alc-2)(式中、Rは、それぞれ、水素原子、フッ素原子または炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、炭素数1~20のアルキル基はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、*は結合位置を示す)で表される基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including the alicyclic group of R 4 include a cholestenyl group, a cholestanyl group, an adamantyl group, the following formula (Alc-1) or (Alc-2) (wherein R 7 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and * represents a bonding position). Examples thereof include groups represented.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 上記式(pa-1-ma)で表されるモノマーとして、式(paa-1-ma1)~(paa-1-ma18)で表される構造を挙げることができるがこれらに限定されない。なお、式中、「E」は、E体であることを表し、「t」は、シクロヘキシル基がトランス型であることを表す。 Examples of the monomer represented by the above formula (pa-1-ma) include, but are not limited to, the structures represented by the formulas (paa-1-ma1) to (paa-1-ma18). In the formula, "E" represents the E form, and "t" represents the cyclohexyl group is trans type.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基B] 
 熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基Bは、それぞれ独立に、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、アルコキシメチルアミド基、ヒドロキシメチルアミド基、水酸基、エポキシ部位含有基、オキセタニル基、チイラニル基、イソシアネート基及びブロックイソシアネート基からなる群から選ばれる有機基であって、熱架橋性基Aと熱架橋性基Bとが熱により架橋反応するように選択されてなり、ただし、熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基Bは互いに同じでもよい。
[Thermal Crosslinkable Group A and Thermally Crosslinkable Group B]
The heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B are each independently a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxymethylamide group, a hydroxymethylamide group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group-containing group, an oxetanyl group, a thiylanyl group, an isocyanate group and a block. An organic group selected from the group consisting of isocyanate groups, which is selected so that the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B undergo a crosslinking reaction by heat, provided that the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group are The groups B may be the same as each other.
 このような熱架橋性基Aと熱架橋性基Bとの組み合わせとしては、一方がカルボキシル基であり、もう一方がエポキシ基、オキセタニル基またはチイラニル基である組み合わせ、一方がヒドロキシ基であり、他方がブロックイソシアネート基である組み合わせ、一方がフェノール性ヒドロキシ基であり、他方がエポキシ基、オキセタニル基またはチイラニル基である組み合わせ、一方がカルボキシル基であり、他方がブロックイソシアネート基である組み合わせ、一方がアミノ基であり、他方がブロックイソシアネート基である組み合わせ、両者がともにN-アルコキシメチルアミドである組み合わせなどである。より好ましい組み合わせは、カルボキシル基とエポキシ基、ヒドロキシ基とブロックイソシアネート基などである。 As the combination of the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B, one is a carboxyl group and the other is an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group or a thiylanyl group, and one is a hydroxy group and the other is Is a blocked isocyanate group, one is a phenolic hydroxy group, the other is an epoxy group, a combination that is an oxetanyl group or thiyanyl group, one is a carboxyl group, the other is a blocked isocyanate group, one is an amino A group in which the other is a blocked isocyanate group, a combination in which both are N-alkoxymethylamides, and the like. More preferable combinations are a carboxyl group and an epoxy group, a hydroxy group and a blocked isocyanate group, and the like.
 かかる熱架橋性基Aを(A)成分である重合体に導入するには、熱架橋性基Aを有するモノマーを共重合させればよい。 In order to introduce the thermally crosslinkable group A into the polymer as the component (A), a monomer having the thermally crosslinkable group A may be copolymerized.
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤が要件Z1を満足する場合、(A)成分である重合体を製造する際に、熱架橋性基Aを有するモノマーおよび熱架橋性基Bを有するモノマーの双方を共重合すればよい。 In addition, when the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention satisfies the requirement Z1, both of the monomer having the heat-crosslinkable group A and the monomer having the heat-crosslinkable group B are used in the production of the polymer as the component (A). It may be copolymerized.
 熱架橋性基を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、
 アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、モノ-(2-(アクリロイルオキシ)エチル)フタレート、モノ-(2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル)フタレート、N-(カルボキシフェニル)マレイミド、N-(カルボキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド、及びN-(カルボキシフェニル)アクリルアミド等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマー;
Examples of the monomer having a heat-crosslinkable group include, for example,
Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, mono-(2-(acryloyloxy)ethyl)phthalate, mono-(2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl)phthalate, N-(carboxyphenyl)maleimide, N-(carboxyphenyl)methacryl Amide, and a monomer having a carboxyl group such as N-(carboxyphenyl)acrylamide;
 2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルメタクリレート、2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート、カプロラクトン2-(アクリロイルオキシ)エチルエステル、カプロラクトン2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチルエステル、ポリ(エチレングリコール)エチルエーテルアクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール)エチルエーテルメタクリレート、5-アクリロイルオキシ-6-ヒドロキシノルボルネン-2-カルボキシリック-6-ラクトン、及び5-メタクリロイルオキシ-6-ヒドロキシノルボルネン-2-カルボキシリック-6-ラクトン等のヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー; 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl acrylate, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl Methacrylate, diethylene glycol monoacrylate, diethylene glycol monomethacrylate, caprolactone 2-(acryloyloxy)ethyl ester, caprolactone 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl ester, poly(ethylene glycol)ethyl ether acrylate, poly(ethylene glycol)ethyl ether methacrylate, 5- Acryloyloxy-6-hydroxynorbornene-2-carboxylic-6-lactone, 5-methacryloyloxy-6-hydroxynorbornene-2-carboxylic-6-lactone, and other monomers having a hydroxy group;
 ヒドロキシスチレン、N-(ヒドロキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド、N-(ヒドロキシフェニル)アクリルアミド、N-(ヒドロキシフェニル)マレイミド、及びN-(ヒドロキシフェニル)マレイミド等のフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー; Monomers having a phenolic hydroxy group such as hydroxystyrene, N-(hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide, N-(hydroxyphenyl)acrylamide, N-(hydroxyphenyl)maleimide, and N-(hydroxyphenyl)maleimide;
 アミノエチルアクリレート、アミノエチルメタクリレート、アミノプロピルアクリレート、及びアミノプロピルメタクリレート等のアミノ基を有するモノマー; Amino group-containing monomers such as aminoethyl acrylate, aminoethyl methacrylate, aminopropyl acrylate, and aminopropyl methacrylate;
 N-ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のヒドロキシメチル基又はアルコキシメチル基で置換された(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物; Substituted with a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group such as N-hydroxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide (meth) ) Acrylamide compounds;
 アリルグリシジルエーテル、アクリル酸グリシジル、メタクリル酸グリシジル、メタクリル酸2-メチルグリシジル、α-エチルアクリル酸グリシジル、α-n-プロピルアクリル酸グリシジル、α-n-ブチルアクリル酸グリシジル、アクリル酸3,4-エポキシブチル、メタクリル酸3,4-エポキシブチル、アクリル酸6,7-エポキシヘプチル、メタクリル酸6,7-エポキシヘプチル、α-エチルアクリル酸-6,7-エポキシヘプチル、o-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、m-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、p-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、メタクリル酸3,4-エポキシシクロへキシルメチル、3-エテニル-7-オキサビシクロ[4.1.0]ヘプタン、1,2-エポキシ-5-ヘキセン、1,7-オクタジエンモノエポキサイド等のエポキシ部位含有基を有するモノマー; Allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, 2-methyl glycidyl methacrylate, α-ethyl glycidyl acrylate, α-n-propyl glycidyl acrylate, α-n-butyl glycidyl acrylate, 3,4-acrylic acid Epoxybutyl, 3,4-epoxybutyl methacrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl acrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl methacrylate, α-ethylacrylic acid-6,7-epoxyheptyl, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-Vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate, 3-ethenyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane, 1,2-epoxy-5- Monomers having epoxy moiety-containing groups such as hexene and 1,7-octadiene monoepoxide;
 3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)オキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-メチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)オキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン等のアクリル酸エステル;3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)オキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-メチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)オキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン等のオキセタニル基を有するモノマー; 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)oxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)-2-methyloxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)-3-ethyloxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)-2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)-2-pentafluoroethyloxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)-2-phenyloxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)-2,2-difluorooxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl) -2,2,4-trifluorooxetane, 3-(acryloyloxymethyl)-2,2,4,4-tetrafluorooxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)oxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl) )-2-Ethyloxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)-3-ethyloxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)-2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)-2 -Pentafluoroethyl oxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)-2-phenyloxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)-2,2-difluorooxetane, 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)-2, Acrylic esters such as 2,4-trifluorooxetane and 3-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)-2,2,4,4-tetrafluorooxetane; 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl)oxetane, 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl) )-2-Methyloxetane, 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl)-3-ethyloxetane, 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl)-2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl)-2-pentafluoroethyloxetane, 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl)-2-phenyloxetane, 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl)-2,2-difluorooxetane, 3-(methacryloyloxymethyl)-2,2,4-trifluorooxetane, 3-(methacryloyl) Oxymethyl)-2,2,4,4-tetrafluorooxetane, 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)oxetane, 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)-2-ethyloxetane, 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl )-3-Ethyloxetane, 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)-2-trifluoromethyl Oxetane, 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)-2-pentafluoroethyloxetane, 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)-2-phenyloxetane, 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)-2,2-difluorooxetane Monomers having an oxetanyl group, such as 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)-2,2,4-trifluorooxetane and 3-(2-methacryloyloxyethyl)-2,2,4,4-tetrafluorooxetane;
 2,3-エピチオプロピルアクリレートまたはメタクリレート、及び2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルチオメチル)スチレン、2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルオキシメチル)スチレン、2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルチオ)スチレン、2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルオキシ)スチレン等のチイラニル基を有するモノマー; 2,3-epithiopropyl acrylate or methacrylate, and 2- or 3- or 4-(β-epithiopropylthiomethyl)styrene, 2- or 3- or 4-(β-epithiopropyloxymethyl)styrene, Monomers having a thiiranyl group such as 2- or 3- or 4-(β-epithiopropylthio)styrene, 2- or 3- or 4-(β-epithiopropyloxy)styrene;
 アクリル酸2-(0-(1’-メチルプロピリデンアミノ)カルボキシアミノ)エチル、アクリル酸2-(3,5-ジメチルピラゾリル)カルボニルアミノ)エチル、メタクリル酸2-(0-(1’-メチルプロピリデンアミノ)カルボキシアミノ)エチル、メタクリル酸2-(3,5-ジメチルピラゾリル)カルボニルアミノ)エチル等のブロックイソシアネート基を有するモノマー;等が挙げられる。なお、(メタ)アクリルアミドとは、アクリルアミドとメタクリルアミドの双方を意味する。 2-(0-(1'-methylpropylideneamino)carboxyamino)ethyl acrylate, 2-(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl)carbonylamino)ethyl acrylate, 2-(0-(1'-methyl)methacrylate Monomers having a blocked isocyanate group such as propylideneamino)carboxyamino)ethyl and 2-(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl)carbonylamino)ethyl methacrylate; and the like. In addition, (meth)acrylamide means both acrylamide and methacrylamide.
 また、本発明においては、特定共重合体を得る際に、上記式(a-1-m)で表される光配向性基を有するモノマー及び熱架橋性基A及び必要に応じて熱架橋性基Bを有するモノマーの他に、これらのモノマーと共重合可能なその他もモノマーを併用することができる。 Further, in the present invention, when the specific copolymer is obtained, the monomer having the photo-alignment group represented by the formula (a-1-m), the heat-crosslinkable group A, and optionally the heat-crosslinkable group are used. In addition to the monomer having the group B, other monomers copolymerizable with these monomers can be used in combination.
 そのようなその他モノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物、ビニル化合物、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、アクリルアミド等のアクリルアミド化合物、窒素含有芳香族複素環基と重合性基とを有するモノマーが挙げられる。 Specific examples of such other monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds, vinyl compounds, N-methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl. Examples thereof include acrylamide compounds such as (meth)acrylamide and acrylamide, and monomers having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group and a polymerizable group.
 アクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、ナフチルアクリレート、アントリルアクリレート、アントリルメチルアクリレート、フェニルアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、tert-ブチルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3-メトキシブチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of acrylic acid ester compounds include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthrylmethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl. Acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2- Examples thereof include propyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate, and 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate.
 メタクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、イソプロピルメタクリレート、ヘキサデシルメタクリレート、オクタデシルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、ナフチルメタクリレート、アントリルメタクリレート、アントリルメチルメタクリレート、フェニルメタクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルメタクリレート、tert-ブチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、イソボルニルメタクリレート、2-メトキシエチルメタクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、2-エトキシエチルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、3-メトキシブチルメタクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the methacrylic acid ester compound include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate, octadecyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthrylmethyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trimethacrylate. Fluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 3-methoxybutyl methacrylate, 2-methyl- Examples thereof include 2-adamantyl methacrylate, 2-propyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate and 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate.
 前記(メタ)アクリル酸アミド化合物としては、例えば、アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、N-メチルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチルアクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid amide compound include acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-methylacrylamide, N,N-dimethylacrylamide, N,N-diethylacrylamide and the like.
 前記ビニル化合物としては、例えば、メチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、ビニルナフタレン、ビニルカルバゾール、アリルグリシジルエーテル、及び3-エテニル-7-オキサビシクロ[4.1.0]ヘプタン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl compound include methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, vinyl naphthalene, vinyl carbazole, allyl glycidyl ether, and 3-ethenyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane.
 前記スチレン化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、及びブロモスチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, and bromostyrene.
 前記マレイミド化合物としては、例えば、マレイミド、N-メチルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、及びN-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the maleimide compound include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
 窒素含有芳香族複素環は、下記式[N-a]~[N-b](式中、Zは炭素数1~5の直鎖または分岐アルキル基である)からなる群から選ばれる構造を少なくとも1個、好ましくは1個~4個含有する芳香族環式炭化水素であるのがよい。 The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle is a structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas [Na] to [Nb] (in the formula, Z 2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). Is an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least 1, preferably 1 to 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 具体的には、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、キノリン環、1-ピラゾリン環、イソキノリン環、チアジアゾール環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、ピラジン環、フェナントロリン環、キノキサリン環、ベンゾチアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、アクリジン環などを挙げることができる。さらに、これら窒素含有芳香族複素環の炭素原子には、ヘテロ原子を含む置換基を有していてもよい。これらのうち、例えば、ピリジン環が挙げられる。 Specifically, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, 1-pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, pyrazine ring, phenanthroline ring, quinoxaline ring, benzothiazole ring, Examples thereof include an oxadiazole ring and an acridine ring. Furthermore, the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom. Among these, for example, a pyridine ring can be mentioned.
 窒素含有芳香族複素環基と重合性基とを有するモノマーとして、例えば、2-(2-ピリジルカルボニルオキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(3-ピリジルカルボニルオキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(4-ピリジルカルボニルオキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group and a polymerizable group include 2-(2-pyridylcarbonyloxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(3-pyridylcarbonyloxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, and 2 Examples include -(4-pyridylcarbonyloxy)ethyl(meth)acrylate.
 本発明に用いるその他のモノマーは1種類単独で用いてもよく、また2種以上のモノマーを組合せて用いてもよい。 The other monomers used in the present invention may be used alone or in a combination of two or more kinds.
 本発明の液晶配向剤の(A)成分である重合体に含有させる上記式(pa-1)で表される光反応性の部位は1種類単独で用いてもよく、また2種以上の部位を組合せて用いてもよい。 The photoreactive moiety represented by the above formula (pa-1) contained in the polymer as the component (A) of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more moieties. May be used in combination.
 上記式(pa-1)で表される光反応性の部位は、(A)成分である重合体の全繰り返し単位の5~95mol%、10~60mol%、又は15~50mol%の割合で含有されることが好ましい。 The photoreactive moiety represented by the above formula (pa-1) is contained in a proportion of 5 to 95 mol%, 10 to 60 mol%, or 15 to 50 mol% of all repeating units of the polymer as the component (A). Preferably.
 本発明の重合体に含有させる熱架橋性基を有する部位は熱架橋性基Aを単独で用いてもよく、また熱架橋性基Aと熱架橋性基Bを含む2種以上の部位を組合せて用いてもよい。
 熱架橋性基を有する部位の導入量は、(A)成分である重合体の全繰り返し単位の5~95mol%、40~90mol%、又は50~85mol%であることが好ましい。
The site having a heat-crosslinkable group to be contained in the polymer of the present invention may be the heat-crosslinkable group A alone, or a combination of two or more sites containing the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B. You may use it.
The introduction amount of the site having a heat-crosslinkable group is preferably 5 to 95 mol%, 40 to 90 mol%, or 50 to 85 mol% of all repeating units of the polymer as the component (A).
 上記その他のモノマー由来の構造の含有量は、(A)成分である重合体の全繰り返し単位の0~40mol%、0~30mol%、又は0~20mol%含まれることが好ましい。 The content of the structure derived from the other monomer is preferably 0 to 40 mol %, 0 to 30 mol %, or 0 to 20 mol% of the total repeating units of the polymer as the component (A).
<特定重合体の製造方法>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有される(A)成分の特定重合体は、上記の式(pa-1)で表される光配向性基を有するモノマー、上記の熱架橋性基Aを有するモノマー、及び、所望により上記の熱架橋性基Bを有するモノマーを共重合することによって得られる。また、上記その他のモノマーと共重合することができる。
<Method for producing specific polymer>
The specific polymer of the component (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a monomer having a photo-alignable group represented by the above formula (pa-1), a monomer having the above-mentioned heat-crosslinkable group A. , And optionally, the above-mentioned monomer having a heat-crosslinkable group B is copolymerized. Further, it can be copolymerized with the above-mentioned other monomers.
 本発明における(A)成分の特定重合体の製造方法については、特に限定されるものではなく、工業的に扱われている汎用な方法が利用できる。具体的には、モノマーのビニル基を利用したカチオン重合やラジカル重合、アニオン重合により製造することができる。これらの中では反応制御のしやすさなどの観点からラジカル重合が特に好ましい。
 ラジカル重合の重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤や、可逆的付加-開裂型連鎖移動(RAFT)重合試薬等の公知の化合物を使用することができる。
The method for producing the specific polymer of the component (A) in the present invention is not particularly limited, and a general method industrially handled can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization or anionic polymerization using a vinyl group of a monomer. Of these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of easy reaction control.
As the polymerization initiator for radical polymerization, known compounds such as radical polymerization initiators and reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization reagents can be used.
 ラジカル熱重合開始剤は、分解温度以上に加熱することにより、ラジカルを発生させる化合物である。このようなラジカル熱重合開始剤としては、例えば、ケトンパーオキサイド類(メチルエチルケトンパーオキサイド、シクロヘキサノンパーオキサイド等)、ジアシルパーオキサイド類(アセチルパーオキサイド、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド等)、ハイドロパーオキサイド類(過酸化水素、tert-ブチルハイドパーオキサイド、クメンハイドロパーオキサイド等)、ジアルキルパーオキサイド類(ジ-tert-ブチルパーオキサイド、ジクミルパーオキサイド、ジラウロイルパーオキサイド等)、パーオキシケタール類(ジブチルパーオキシシクロヘキサン等)、アルキルパーエステル類(パーオキシネオデカン酸-tert-ブチルエステル、パーオキシピバリン酸-tert-ブチルエステル、パーオキシ 2-エチルシクロヘキサン酸-tert-アミルエステル等)、過硫酸塩類(過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸ナトリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム等)、アゾ系化合物(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、および2,2’-ジ(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等)が挙げられる。 Radical thermal polymerization initiators are compounds that generate radicals when heated above the decomposition temperature. Examples of such radical thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides (methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, etc.), diacyl peroxides (acetyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, etc.), hydroperoxides (peroxides). Hydrogen, tert-butyl hydroxide peroxide, cumene hydroperoxide, etc.), dialkyl peroxides (di-tert-butyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, dilauroyl peroxide, etc.), peroxyketals (dibutylperoxycyclohexane) Etc.), alkyl peresters (peroxy neodecanoic acid-tert-butyl ester, peroxypivalic acid-tert-butyl ester, peroxy 2-ethylcyclohexanoic acid-tert-amyl ester, etc.), persulfates (potassium persulfate, Sodium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, etc.) and azo compounds (azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-di(2-hydroxyethyl)azobisisobutyronitrile, etc.) can be mentioned.
 このようなラジカル熱重合開始剤は、1種を単独で使用することもできるし、あるいは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することもできる。 Such radical thermal polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 ラジカル光重合開始剤は、ラジカル重合を光照射によって開始する化合物であれば特に限定されない。このようなラジカル光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、イソプロピルキサントン等、公知の化合物を挙げることができる。これらの化合物は単独で使用してもよく、2つ以上を混合して使用することもできる。
 ラジカル重合法は、特に制限されるものでなく、乳化重合法、懸濁重合法、分散重合法、沈殿重合法、塊状重合法、溶液重合法等を用いることができる。
The radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation. Examples of such radical photopolymerization initiators include known compounds such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and isopropylxanthone. These compounds may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more.
The radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
 (A)成分の特定重合体の重合反応に用いる溶媒としては、生成した高分子が溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。具体例としては、後述の<溶媒>の項に記載の溶媒、例えば、N-アルキル-2-ピロリドン類、ジアルキルイミダゾリジノン類、ラクトン類、カーボネート類、ケトン類、式(Sv-1)で表される化合物及び式(Sv-2)で表される化合物、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、ジメチルスルホン、ジメチルスルホキシド等が挙げられる。
 これら溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、生成する高分子を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成した高分子が析出しない範囲で、上述の溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。
 また、ラジカル重合において溶媒中の酸素は重合反応を阻害する原因となるので、有機溶媒は可能な程度に脱気されたものを用いることが好ましい。
The solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the specific polymer of the component (A) is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the generated polymer. Specific examples thereof include the solvents described in the section <solvent> below, for example, N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones, dialkylimidazolidinones, lactones, carbonates, ketones, and formula (Sv-1). Examples thereof include the compound represented by the formula (Sv-2), tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dimethyl sulfone and dimethyl sulfoxide.
These solvents may be used alone or in combination. Further, even a solvent that does not dissolve the produced polymer may be used as a mixture with the above-mentioned solvent as long as the produced polymer does not precipitate.
Further, in the radical polymerization, oxygen in the solvent causes a hindrance to the polymerization reaction, and therefore it is preferable to use an organic solvent that is degassed to the extent possible.
 ラジカル重合の際の重合温度は30~150℃の任意の温度を選択することができるが、好ましくは50~100℃の範囲である。また、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができるが、モノマー濃度は、好ましくは1~50質量%、より好ましくは5~30質量%であるのがよい。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、有機溶媒を追加することができる。
 上述のラジカル重合反応においては、ラジカル重合開始剤の比率がモノマーに対して多いと得られる高分子の分子量が小さくなり、少ないと得られる高分子の分子量が大きくなるので、ラジカル開始剤の比率は重合させるモノマーに対して0.1~10mol%であることが好ましい。また重合時には各種モノマー成分や溶媒、開始剤などを追加することもできる。
The polymerization temperature during radical polymerization can be selected from any temperature of 30 to 150° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 to 100° C. The reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but the monomer concentration is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The reaction can be performed at a high concentration in the initial stage, and then an organic solvent can be added.
In the above radical polymerization reaction, when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer becomes small, and when it is small, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer becomes large. It is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol% with respect to the monomer to be polymerized. Moreover, various monomer components, a solvent, an initiator, etc. can also be added at the time of superposition|polymerization.
[重合体の回収]
 上述の反応により得られた反応溶液から、生成した高分子を回収する場合には、反応溶液を貧溶媒に投入して、それら重合体を沈殿させれば良い。沈殿に用いる貧溶媒としては、メタノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン、ジエチルエーテル、メチルエチルエーテル、水等を挙げることができる。貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させた重合体は、濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2回~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の貧溶媒として、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素等が挙げられ、これらの中から選ばれる3種類以上の貧溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。
[Recovery of polymer]
When the generated polymer is recovered from the reaction solution obtained by the above reaction, the reaction solution may be poured into a poor solvent to precipitate the polymers. Examples of the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, heptane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, ethanol, toluene, benzene, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, water and the like. The polymer precipitated by pouring it into a poor solvent can be collected by filtration, and then dried at room temperature or under normal pressure or reduced pressure by heating. Further, by repeating the operation of re-dissolving the polymer recovered by precipitation and re-precipitating and recovering it in an organic solvent twice to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons, and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these, because the purification efficiency is further improved.
 (A)成分の特定重合体の分子量は、得られる塗膜の強度、塗膜形成時の作業性、および塗膜の均一性を考慮した場合、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定した重量平均分子量が、2000~1000000が好ましく、より好ましくは、5000~100000である。 The molecular weight of the specific polymer of the component (A) is a weight average measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method, taking into consideration the strength of the resulting coating film, workability during coating film formation, and uniformity of the coating film. The molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
<(B)成分>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含まれる(B)成分は、光照射によりラジカルを発生するラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド及びその前駆体から選ばれる重合体である。
<(B) component>
The component (B) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polymer selected from a polyimide having a radical-generating group that generates a radical upon irradiation with light and a precursor thereof.
 そのような、ラジカル発生基としては下記構造で表される[X-1]~[X-18]、[W]、[Y]、[Z]で表される有機基が挙げられる。 Examples of such a radical generating group include organic groups represented by the following structures [X-1] to [X-18], [W], [Y], and [Z].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式[X-1]~[X-18]中、*は化合物分子の重合性反応基以外の部分との結合部位を示し、S、Sはそれぞれ独立して-O-、-NR-、-S-を表し、Rは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基を表し、R,Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。 In formulas [X-1] to [X-18], * represents a binding site to a portion other than the polymerizable reactive group of the compound molecule, and S 1 and S 2 are independently -O- and -NR-. , —S—, R is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式[W]、[Y]、[Z]中、*は化合物分子の重合性反応基以外の部分との結合部位を示し、Arは有機基及び/又はハロゲン原子を置換基として有しても良いフェニレン、ナフチレン、及びビフェニレンからなる群より選ばれる芳香族炭化水素基を示し、R及びR10は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基を表し、RとR10がアルキル基の場合、末端で互いに結合し環構造を形成していても良い。Qは下記の構造を表す。 In formulas [W], [Y], and [Z], * represents a binding site to a portion other than the polymerizable reactive group of the compound molecule, and Ar may have an organic group and/or a halogen atom as a substituent. A good aromatic hydrocarbon group selected from the group consisting of phenylene, naphthylene, and biphenylene is shown, and R 9 and R 10 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the case where R 9 and R 10 are alkyl groups, they may be bonded to each other at the ends to form a ring structure. Q represents the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記式中、R11は-CH-、-NR-、-O-、又は-S-を表し、Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表し、*は化合物分子のQ以外の部分との結合部位を示す。
 R12は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基を表す。
In the above formula, R 11 represents —CH 2 —, —NR—, —O—, or —S—, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and * represents Q of the compound molecule. The binding sites with other parts are shown.
R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 ラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化したポリイミドを製造する方法は特に限定されない。例えば、ラジカル発生基を有するジアミンを含むジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物を重合させる方法、ラジカル発生基を有するジアミンを含むジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸ジエステルを重合させる方法、ラジカル発生基を含有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物を含むテトラカルボン酸二無水物成分とジアミン化合物を重合させる方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを重合させた後に、ラジカル発生基を含有する化合物を何らかの反応により重合体に修飾させる方法などが挙げられる。なかでも、製造の容易性の観点より、ラジカル発生基を有するジアミンを含むジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸二無水物、又はテトラカルボン酸ジエステルを重合させる方法が好ましい。 The method for producing a polyimide precursor having a radical generating group and a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited. For example, a method of polymerizing a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group and a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, a method of polymerizing a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group and a tetracarboxylic acid diester, containing a radical generating group. Method of polymerizing tetracarboxylic dianhydride component containing tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine compound, polymerizing tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine, and then polymerizing compound containing radical generating group by some reaction And the like. Among them, a method of polymerizing a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group and a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride or a tetracarboxylic acid diester is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of production.
 ラジカル発生基を有するジアミンは、具体的には、例えば、ラジカルを発生し重合可能な側鎖を有するジアミンであり、下記の一般式(6)で表されるジアミンを挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 The diamine having a radical-generating group is specifically a diamine having a side chain capable of generating a radical and polymerizing, and examples thereof include a diamine represented by the following general formula (6). It is not limited to.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(6)中、Rは単結合、-CH-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CHO-、-N(CH)-、-CON(CH)-、又は-N(CH)CO-を表し、
は単結合、又は非置換もしくはフッ素原子によって置換されている炭素数1~20のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の任意の-CH-又は-CF-の1以上は、それぞれ独立に-CH=CH-、二価の炭素環、および二価の複素環から選ばれる基で置き換えられていてもよく、さらに、次に挙げるいずれかの基、すなわち、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、又は-NH-が互いに隣り合わないことを条件に、これらの基で置き換えられていてもよい;
は、上記式[X-1]~[X-18]から選ばれる基である。
In Formula (6), R 6 is a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH 2 O—, —N( Represents CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-,
R 7 represents a single bond, or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted with a fluorine atom, and any one or more of —CH 2 — or —CF 2 — of the alkylene group is independently. May be substituted with a group selected from —CH═CH—, a divalent carbocycle, and a divalent heterocycle, and further, any of the following groups, namely —O—, —COO— , -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or -NH- may be substituted with these groups provided that they are not adjacent to each other;
R 8 is a group selected from the above formulas [X-1] to [X-18].
 式(6)における二つのアミノ基(-NH)の結合位置は限定されない。具体的には、側鎖の結合基に対して、ベンゼン環上の2,3の位置、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、2,6の位置、3,4の位置、3,5の位置が挙げられる。なかでも、ポリアミック酸を合成する際の反応性の観点から、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、又は3,5の位置が好ましい。ジアミンを合成する際の容易性も加味すると、2,4の位置、又は3,5の位置がより好ましい。 The bonding positions of the two amino groups (—NH 2 ) in formula (6) are not limited. Specifically, with respect to the side-chain linking group, 2,3 positions, 2,4 positions, 2,5 positions, 2,6 positions, 3,4 positions on the benzene ring, 3,4 positions, 3, 5 positions. Above all, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing the polyamic acid, the 2,4 position, the 2,5 position, or the 3,5 position is preferable. Considering the ease of synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
 メタクリル基、アクリル基、ビニル基、アリル基、クマリン基、スチリル基及びシンナモイル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む光反応性基を有するジアミンとしては、具体的には、以下のような化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the diamine having a photoreactive group containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a coumarin group, a styryl group and a cinnamoyl group are as follows. Compounds include, but are not limited to.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記式中、Jは単結合、-O-、-COO-、-NHCO-、又は-NH-より選ばれる結合基であり、Jは単結合、又は非置換もしくはフッ素原子によって置換されている炭素数1~20のアルキレン基を表す。 In the above formula, J 1 is a single bond, a bonding group selected from —O—, —COO—, —NHCO—, or —NH—, and J 2 is a single bond or unsubstituted or substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 紫外線照射により分解し、ラジカルが発生する部位を側鎖として有するジアミンは、下記の一般式(7)で表されるジアミンを挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the diamine having a side chain that is a site that is decomposed by ultraviolet irradiation to generate a radical include, but are not limited to, the diamine represented by the following general formula (7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(7)中、T及びTは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CHO-、-N(CH)-、-CON(CH)-、又は-N(CH)CO-であり、
Sは単結合、又は非置換もしくはフッ素原子によって置換されている炭素数1~20のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の任意の-CH-又は-CF-の1以上は、それぞれ独立に-CH=CH-、二価の炭素環、および二価の複素環から選ばれる基で置き換えられていてもよく、さらに、次に挙げるいずれかの基、すなわち、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、又は-NH-が互いに隣り合わないことを条件に、これらの基で置き換えられていてもよく、
Jは上記式[W]、[Y]及び[Z]から選ばれる基である。
In formula (7), T 1 and T 2 are each independently a single bond, —O—, —S—, —COO—, —OCO—, —NHCO—, —CONH—, —NH—, —CH. 2 O—, —N(CH 3 )—, —CON(CH 3 )—, or —N(CH 3 )CO—,
S represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom, and any one or more of —CH 2 — or —CF 2 — of the alkylene group is independently. It may be substituted with a group selected from —CH═CH—, a divalent carbocycle, and a divalent heterocycle, and further, any of the following groups, namely —O—, —COO—, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or -NH- may be substituted with these groups provided that they are not adjacent to each other,
J is a group selected from the above formulas [W], [Y] and [Z].
 上記式(7)における二つのアミノ基(-NH)の結合位置は限定されない。具体的には、側鎖の結合基に対して、ベンゼン環上の2,3の位置、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、2,6の位置、3,4の位置、3,5の位置が挙げられる。なかでも、ポリアミック酸を合成する際の反応性の観点から、2,4の位置、2,5の位置、又は3,5の位置が好ましい。ジアミンを合成する際の容易性も加味すると、2,4の位置、又は3,5の位置がより好ましい。 The bonding positions of the two amino groups (—NH 2 ) in the above formula (7) are not limited. Specifically, with respect to the side-chain linking group, 2,3 positions, 2,4 positions, 2,5 positions, 2,6 positions, 3,4 positions on the benzene ring, 3,4 positions, 3, 5 positions. Above all, from the viewpoint of reactivity when synthesizing the polyamic acid, the 2,4 position, the 2,5 position, or the 3,5 position is preferable. Considering the ease of synthesizing the diamine, the positions 2, 4 or 3, 5 are more preferable.
 特に合成の容易さ、汎用性の高さ、特性などの点を鑑みて、下記式で表される構造が最も好ましいが、これらに限定されない。下記式中、nは2~8の整数である。 The structure represented by the following formula is most preferable in view of ease of synthesis, high versatility, characteristics, etc., but not limited to these. In the following formula, n is an integer of 2-8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記のジアミンは、液晶配向膜とした際の液晶配向性、重合反応における感度、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The above diamines may be used either individually or in combination of two or more, depending on the liquid crystal alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the sensitivity in the polymerization reaction, the voltage holding property, and the accumulated charge.
 このようなラジカル発生基を有するジアミンは、ラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド及びその前駆体から選ばれる重合体の合成に用いるジアミン成分全体の5~50モル%となる量を用いることが好ましく、より好ましくは10~40モル%であり、特に好ましくは15~30モル%である。 Such a diamine having a radical-generating group is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 50 mol% of the total diamine component used in the synthesis of a polymer selected from a polyimide having a radical-generating group and a precursor thereof, and more preferably Is 10 to 40 mol %, particularly preferably 15 to 30 mol %.
 なお、本発明に用いるラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド及びその前駆体から選ばれる重合体を得る場合、本発明の効果を損わない限りにおいて、上記ラジカル発生基を有するジアミン以外の、その他のジアミンをジアミン成分として併用することができる。具体的には、例えば、p-フェニレンジアミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、m-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-ジメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジアミノトルエン、2,6-ジアミノトルエン、2,5-ジアミノフェノール、2,4-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、2,4-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、4,6-ジアミノレゾルシノール、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジカルボキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジフルオロ-4,4’-ビフェニル、3,3’-トリフルオロメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-スルホニルジアニリン、3,3’-スルホニルジアニリン、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、4,4’-チオジアニリン、3,3’-チオジアニリン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、N-メチル(4,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,2’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,4-ジアミノナフタレン、2,2’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、1,6-ジアミノナフタレン、1,7-ジアミノナフタレン、1,8-ジアミノナフタレン、2,5-ジアミノナフタレン、2,6-ジアミノナフタレン、2,7-ジアミノナフタレン、2,8-ジアミノナフタレン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,2-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4アミノフェニル)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ブタン、ビス(3,5-ジエチル-4-アミノフェニル)メタン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、4,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、1,4-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,4-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)プロパン、トランス-1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シクロヘキサン、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、2,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)メタン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)エタン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,5-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,6-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,7-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,8-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,8-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,9-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,9-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,10-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,10-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,11-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,11-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,12-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、1,12-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカンなどの芳香族ジアミン;ビス(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-メチルシクロヘキシル)メタンなどの脂環式ジアミン;1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,6-ジアミノへキサン、1,7-ジアミノヘプタン、1,8-ジアミノオクタン、1,9-ジアミノノナン、1,10-ジアミノデカン、1,11-ジアミノウンデカン、1,12-ジアミノドデカンなどの脂肪族ジアミン;1,3-ビス[2-(p-アミノフェニル)エチル]ウレア、1,3-ビス[2-(p-アミノフェニル)エチル]-1-ターシャリーブチルオキシカルボニルウレア等のウレア構造を有するジアミン;N-p-アミノフェニル-4-p-アミノフェニル(ターシャリーブチルオキシカルボニル)アミノメチルピペリジン等の含窒素不飽和複素環構造を有するジアミン;N-ターシャリーブトキシカルボニル-N-(2-(4-アミノフェニル)エチル)-N-(4-アミノベンジル)アミン等のN-Boc基を有するジアミン等が挙げられる。 Incidentally, when obtaining a polymer selected from the polyimide having a radical-generating group used in the present invention and a precursor thereof, unless diminishing the effect of the present invention, other diamines other than the diamine having a radical-generating group, other diamine It can be used together as a diamine component. Specifically, for example, p-phenylenediamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-dimethyl- m-phenylenediamine, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminophenol, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2, 4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl , 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dicarboxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-difluoro-4,4'-biphenyl, 3,3' -Trifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'- Diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether , 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,3′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-sulfonyldianiline, 3,3′-sulfonyldianiline, bis(4-aminophenyl) Silane, bis(3-aminophenyl)silane, dimethyl-bis(4-aminophenyl)silane, dimethyl-bis(3-aminophenyl)silane, 4,4′-thiodianiline, 3,3′-thiodianiline, 4,4 '-Diaminodiphenylamine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, N-methyl(4,4'-diaminodiphenyl)amine , N-methyl(3,3'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(3,4'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(2,2'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(2,3 '-Diaminodiphenyl)amine, 4,4'-diamino Benzophenone, 3,3′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 1,4-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2′-diaminobenzophenone, 2,3′-diaminobenzophenone, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1, 6-diaminonaphthalene, 1,7-diaminonaphthalene, 1,8-diaminonaphthalene, 2,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-diaminonaphthalene, 2,7-diaminonaphthalene, 2,8-diaminonaphthalene, 1,2 -Bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, 1,2-bis(3-aminophenyl)ethane, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenyl)propane, 1 ,4-bis(4aminophenyl)butane, 1,4-bis(3-aminophenyl)butane, bis(3,5-diethyl-4-aminophenyl)methane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-amino) Benzyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4′-[1,4-phenylenebis(methylene)]dianiline, 4,4′-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene) ] Dianiline, 3,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis(methylene)]dianiline, 3,4'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]dianiline, 3,3'-[1,4-phenylene Bis(methylene)]dianiline, 3,3′-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]dianiline, 1,4-phenylenebis[(4-aminophenyl)methanone], 1,4-phenylenebis[(3 -Aminophenyl)methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis[(4-aminophenyl)methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis[(3-aminophenyl)methanone], 1,4-phenylenebis(4-aminobenzoate ), 1,4-phenylenebis(3-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis(4-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis(3-aminobenzoate), bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalate, Bis(3-aminophenyl)terephthalate, bis(4-aminophenyl)isophthalate, bis(3-aminophenyl)isophthalate, N,N'-(1,4-phenylene)bis(4-aminobenzamide ), N,N′-(1,3-phenylene)bis(4-aminobenzamide), N,N′-(1,4-phenylene)bis(3-aminobenzamide), N,N′-(1, 3-phenylene)bis(3-aminobenzamide), N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalamide, N,N'-bis(3-aminophenyl)terephthalamide, N,N'-bis(4 -Aminophenyl)isophthalamide, N,N'-bis(3-aminophenyl)isophthalamide, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2'-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(4-amino Phenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(3-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(4 -Aminophenyl)propane, 2,2'-bis(3-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl)propane, trans-1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl) ) Cyclohexane, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, bis(4-aminophenoxy)methane, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenoxy)ethane, 1,3-bis(4-amino) Phenoxy)propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)propane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)butane, 1,4-bis(3-aminophenoxy)butane, 1,5-bis(4 -Aminophenoxy)pentane, 1,5-bis(3-aminophenoxy)pentane, 1,6-bis(4-aminophenoxy)hexane, 1,6-bis(3-aminophenoxy)hexane, 1,7 -Bis(4-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,7-bis(3-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,8-bis(4-aminophenoxy)octane, 1,8-bis(3-aminophenoxy)octane, 1 ,9-bis(4-aminophenoxy)nonane, 1,9-bis(3-aminophenoxy)nonane, 1,10-bis(4-aminophenoxy)decane, 1,10-bis(3-aminophenoxy)decane 1,11-bis(4-aminophenoxy)undecane, 1,11-bis(3-amino Aromatic diamines such as phenoxy)undecane, 1,12-bis(4-aminophenoxy)dodecane, 1,12-bis(3-aminophenoxy)dodecane; bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis(4-amino-) Alicyclic diamines such as 3-methylcyclohexyl)methane; 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1 ,8-Diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,11-diaminoundecane, 1,12-diaminododecane and other aliphatic diamines; 1,3-bis[2-(p-amino Diamine having urea structure such as phenyl)ethyl]urea and 1,3-bis[2-(p-aminophenyl)ethyl]-1-tert-butyloxycarbonylurea; Np-aminophenyl-4-p- Amine having a nitrogen-containing unsaturated heterocyclic structure such as aminophenyl(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)aminomethylpiperidine; N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-N-(2-(4-aminophenyl)ethyl)-N-(4 Examples thereof include diamines having an N-Boc group such as -aminobenzyl)amine.
 上記その他のジアミンは、液晶配向膜とした際の液晶配向性、重合反応における感度、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The above-mentioned other diamines may be used alone or in combination of two or more, depending on the liquid crystal alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the sensitivity in the polymerization reaction, the voltage holding property, the accumulated charge and the like. ..
 上記のジアミン成分と反応させるテトラカルボン酸二無水物は特に限定されない。具体的には、ピロメリット酸、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、2,3,6,7-アントラセンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,5,6-アントラセンテトラカルボン酸、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテル、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ジメチルシラン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ジフェニルシラン、2,3,4,5-ピリジンテトラカルボン酸、2,6-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ピリジン、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸、1,3-ジフェニル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、オキシジフタルテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-テトラメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-シクロヘプタンテトラカルボン酸、2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロフランテトラカルボン酸、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1-シクロへキシルコハク酸、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸、ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸、ビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン-2,4,7,9-テトラカルボン酸、ビシクロ[4,4,0]デカン-2,4,7,9-テトラカルボン酸、ビシクロ[4,4,0]デカン-2,4,8,10-テトラカルボン酸、トリシクロ[6.3.0.0<2,6>]ウンデカン-3,5,9,11-テトラカルボン酸、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸、4-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドリナフタレン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフリル)-3-メチル-3-シクロへキサン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、テトラシクロ[6,2,1,1,0<2,7>]ドデカ-4,5,9,10-テトラカルボン酸、3,5,6-トリカルボキシノルボルナン-2:3,5:6ジカルボン酸、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸等のテトラカルボン酸の二無水物が挙げられる。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride to be reacted with the above diamine component is not particularly limited. Specifically, pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 2, 3,6,7-anthracene tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracene tetracarboxylic acid, 3,3′,4,4′-biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3′,4′-biphenyl Tetracarboxylic acid, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone, bis(3,4-di) Carboxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) Propane, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)dimethylsilane, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)diphenylsilane, 2,3,4,5-pyridinetetracarboxylic acid, 2,6-bis(3,4) -Dicarboxyphenyl)pyridine, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic acid, 3,4,9,10-perylene tetracarboxylic acid, 1,3-diphenyl-1,2,3,4- Cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, oxydiphthaltetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid Acid, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethyl -1,2,3,4-Cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cycloheptanetetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic acid, 3,4-dicarboxy-1- Cyclohexyl succinic acid, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic acid, bicyclo[3,3,0]octane-2 ,4,6,8-Tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[4,3,0]nonane-2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[4,4,0]decane-2,4,7,9 -Tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[4,4,0]decane-2,4,8,10-tetracarboxylic acid, tricyclo[6.3.0.0<2,6>] Undecane-3,5,9,11-tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid, 4-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1,2,3,4 -Tetrahydrinaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuryl) -3-Methyl-3-cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, tetracyclo[6,2,1,1,0<2,7>]dodeca-4,5,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid, 3 5,5,6-tricarboxynorbornane-2:3,5:6 dicarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid and other carboxylic acid dianhydrides.
 勿論、テトラカルボン酸二無水物も、液晶配向膜とした際の液晶配向性、重合反応における感度、電圧保持特性、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上併用してもよい。 Of course, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the liquid crystal alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the sensitivity in the polymerization reaction, the voltage holding property, the accumulated charge and the like. ..
 重合体がポリアミド酸エステルである場合の合成で、上記のジアミン成分と反応させるテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルの構造は特に限定されないが、その具体例を以下に挙げる。
 脂肪族テトラカルボン酸ジエステルの具体的な例としては1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,3,4-テトラメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロフランテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1-シクロヘキシルコハク酸ジアルキルエステル、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸ジアルキルエステル、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、3,3’,4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸ジアルキルエステル、シス-3,7-ジブチルシクロオクタ-1,5-ジエン-1,2,5,6-テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、トリシクロ[4.2.1.0<2,5>]ノナン-3,4,7,8-テトラカルボン酸-3,4:7,8-ジアルキルエステル、ヘキサシクロ[6.6.0.1<2,7>.0<3,6>.1<9,14>.0<10,13>]ヘキサデカン-4,5,11,12-テトラカルボン酸-4,5:11,12-ジアルキルエステル、4-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレンー1,2-ジカルボンジアルキルエステルなどが挙げられる。
In the synthesis when the polymer is a polyamic acid ester, the structure of the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester to be reacted with the diamine component is not particularly limited, but specific examples thereof are given below.
Specific examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid diester include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, and 1 ,3-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2, 3,4-Cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy-1 -Cyclohexyl succinic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, bicyclo[3 ,3,0] Octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3',4,4'-dicyclohexyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dialkyl ester , Cis-3,7-dibutylcycloocta-1,5-diene-1,2,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, tricyclo[4.2.1.0<2,5>]nonane-3, 4,7,8-Tetracarboxylic acid-3,4:7,8-dialkyl ester, hexacyclo[6.6.0.1<2,7>. 0<3,6>. 1<9,14>. 0<10,13>] hexadecane-4,5,11,12-tetracarboxylic acid-4,5,11,12-dialkyl ester, 4-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1, 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic dialkyl ester and the like can be mentioned.
 芳香族テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルとしては、ピロメリット酸ジアルキルエステル、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,3’,4-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテルジアルキルエステル、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホンジアルキルエステル、1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester include pyromellitic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3′,4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,2′,3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3′,4-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3′,4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3′,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, Bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ether dialkyl ester, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)sulfone dialkyl ester, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,6,7 -Naphthalene tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester and the like.
 本願の(B)成分の重合体は、(A)成分である重合体と表面エネルギーが近い成分であることが好ましい。(A)成分のようなアクリル成分は基本的に極性が低く、表面エネルギーが低い。一方、ポリイミド成分は極性が高く、表面エネルギーが高い。しかし、この二成分の表面エネルギーの差異が大きすぎると、うまく相溶せず凝集が発生することにより、凹凸のある膜ができたり、ハジキやムラが発生することによりプロセスマージンが狭くなってしまうといった問題を生じる恐れがある。そこで、ポリイミド成分の極性を低くすることにより、表面エネルギーをアクリル成分よりは高いものの、差異が小さい値に制御することができる。ポリイミド成分の極性を下げる方法として、化学的イミド化をしたのちに(A)成分と混ぜる方法や、側鎖を導入する方法がある。 The component (B) polymer of the present application is preferably a component having a surface energy close to that of the component (A) polymer. The acrylic component such as the component (A) basically has low polarity and low surface energy. On the other hand, the polyimide component has high polarity and high surface energy. However, if the difference in the surface energy between these two components is too large, they do not mix well and agglomeration occurs, resulting in a film with irregularities, and cratering and unevenness, which narrows the process margin. Such problems may occur. Therefore, by lowering the polarity of the polyimide component, the surface energy can be controlled to a value that is higher than that of the acrylic component but has a small difference. As a method of reducing the polarity of the polyimide component, there are a method of mixing with the component (A) after chemical imidization and a method of introducing a side chain.
 そのような重合体としては、公知のテトラカルボン酸二無水物等のテトラカルボン酸誘導体と、前記ラジカル発生基を有するジアミンを含むジアミン成分とを重合したのち、化学的イミド化して得られる重合体、前記ラジカル発生基を有するジアミンとともに側鎖を有するジアミンを含むジアミン成分用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体、それをイミド化して得られるポリイミド、前記ラジカル発生基を有するジアミンとともにターシャリーブトキシカルボニルオキシ基を有するジアミンを用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体、それをイミド化して得られるポリイミドなどが挙げられる。このような側鎖や化学的イミド化により、表面エネルギーを(A)成分であるアクリルポリマーに近づけることができるため、液晶配向剤を塗布、焼成して硬化膜を形成した際に、凝集等が起こらず、平坦な硬化膜を与えることができる。側鎖を有するジアミンとしては、国際特許出願公開WO2016/125870の段落[0023]~[0039]に記載の、式(2)、(3)、(4)、(5)で表されるジアミン及びその具体例としての式[A-1]~[A-32]で表されるジアミンが挙げられる。ターシャリーブトキシカルボニルオキシ基を有するジアミンとしては、国際特許出願公開WO2017/119461の段落[0011]~[0034]に記載の式[A-1]、[A-2]、[A-3]の構造を有するジアミンおよびその具体例として例示されているジアミンが挙げられる。 As such a polymer, a polymer obtained by polymerizing a tetracarboxylic acid derivative such as a known tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine component containing a diamine having a radical generating group, and then chemically imidizing the polymer. , A polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine having a side chain together with a diamine having a radical generating group, a polyimide obtained by imidizing it, a tertiary butoxycarbonyloxy group together with a diamine having a radical generating group. Examples thereof include a polyimide precursor obtained by using the diamine, and a polyimide obtained by imidizing it. By such a side chain or chemical imidization, the surface energy can be brought close to that of the acrylic polymer which is the component (A). Therefore, when a cured film is formed by coating and baking a liquid crystal aligning agent, aggregation or the like may occur. A flat cured film can be provided without causing this. Examples of the diamine having a side chain include diamines represented by the formulas (2), (3), (4) and (5) described in paragraphs [0023] to [0039] of International Patent Application Publication WO2016/125870 and Specific examples thereof include diamines represented by the formulas [A-1] to [A-32]. Examples of the diamine having a tertiary butoxycarbonyloxy group include compounds represented by the formulas [A-1], [A-2] and [A-3] described in paragraphs [0011] to [0034] of International Patent Application Publication WO2017/119461. The diamine which has a structure and the diamine illustrated as the specific example are mentioned.
 本発明の液晶配向剤における(A)成分である重合体と(B)成分である重合体との含有比率は、(A)成分:(B)成分の質量比が5:95~95:5であることが好ましく、10:90~90:10であることがさらに好ましく、20:80~60:40であることがさらに好ましい。 The content ratio of the polymer as the component (A) and the polymer as the component (B) in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is such that the mass ratio of the component (A) to the component (B) is 5:95 to 95:5. Is more preferable, 10:90 to 90:10 is more preferable, and 20:80 to 60:40 is further preferable.
<(C)成分>
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤が要件Z2を満たす場合には、(C)成分として架橋剤を含有する。(C)成分としては、熱架橋性基Bを2個以上有する架橋剤が挙げられる。
<(C) component>
When the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention satisfies the requirement Z2, it contains a crosslinking agent as the component (C). Examples of the component (C) include crosslinking agents having two or more heat-crosslinkable groups B.
 (C)成分である架橋剤としては、エポキシ化合物、アミノ基を2個以上有する化合物、メチロール化合物、イソシアネート化合物、フェノプラスト化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等の低分子化合物、N-アルコキシメチルアクリルアミドの重合体、エポキシ基を有する化合物の重合体、イソシアネート基を有する化合物の重合体等の重合体が挙げられる。 As the cross-linking agent which is the component (C), epoxy compounds, compounds having two or more amino groups, methylol compounds, isocyanate compounds, phenoplast compounds, low molecular compounds such as blocked isocyanate compounds, and polymers of N-alkoxymethyl acrylamide. , A polymer of a compound having an epoxy group, a polymer of a compound having an isocyanate group, and the like.
 上述したエポキシ化合物の具体例としては、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、2,2-ジブロモネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,3,5,6-テトラグリシジル-2,4-ヘキサンジオール、N,N,N’,N’,-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、及びN,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the epoxy compound described above, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1, 6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N,N,N', N',-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, and N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane Etc.
 アミノ基を2個以上有する化合物の例としては、脂環式ジアミン、芳香族ジアミン、芳香族-脂肪族ジアミン、脂肪族ジアミン等のジアミンが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having two or more amino groups include diamines such as alicyclic diamine, aromatic diamine, aromatic-aliphatic diamine, and aliphatic diamine.
 脂環式ジアミン類の例としては、1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,3-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、4,4’-ジアミノジシクロヘキシルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルジシクロヘキシルアミン、イソホロンジアミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alicyclic diamines include 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4′-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethyldicyclohexylamine and isophorone. Diamine and the like can be mentioned.
 芳香族ジアミン類の例としては、o-フェニレンジアミン、m-フェニレンジアミン、p-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-ジアミノトルエン、2,5-ジアミノトルエン、3,5-ジアミノトルエン、1,4-ジアミノ-2-メトキシベンゼン、2,5-ジアミノ-p-キシレンおよび1,3-ジアミノ-4-クロロベンゼンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic diamines include o-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 3,5-diaminotoluene, 1,4-diamino. Examples include 2-methoxybenzene, 2,5-diamino-p-xylene and 1,3-diamino-4-chlorobenzene.
 芳香族-脂肪族ジアミンの例としては、3-アミノベンジルアミン、4-アミノベンジルアミン、3-アミノ-N-メチルベンジルアミン、4-アミノ-N-メチルベンジルアミン、3-アミノフェネチルアミン、4-アミノフェネチルアミン、3-アミノ-N-メチルフェネチルアミン、4-アミノ-N-メチルフェネチルアミン、3-(3-アミノプロピル)アニリン、4-(3-アミノプロピル)アニリン、3-(3-メチルアミノプロピル)アニリン、4-(3-メチルアミノプロピル)アニリン、3-(4-アミノブチル)アニリン、4-(4-アミノブチル)アニリン、3-(4-メチルアミノブチル)アニリン、4-(4-メチルアミノブチル)アニリン、3-(5-アミノペンチル)アニリン、4-(5-アミノペンチル)アニリン、3-(5-メチルアミノペンチル)アニリン、4-(5-メチルアミノペンチル)アニリン、2-(6-アミノナフチル)メチルアミン、3-(6-アミノナフチル)メチルアミン、2-(6-アミノナフチル)エチルアミン、3-(6-アミノナフチル)エチルアミンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic-aliphatic diamines are 3-aminobenzylamine, 4-aminobenzylamine, 3-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 4-amino-N-methylbenzylamine, 3-aminophenethylamine, 4- Aminophenethylamine, 3-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 4-amino-N-methylphenethylamine, 3-(3-aminopropyl)aniline, 4-(3-aminopropyl)aniline, 3-(3-methylaminopropyl) Aniline, 4-(3-methylaminopropyl)aniline, 3-(4-aminobutyl)aniline, 4-(4-aminobutyl)aniline, 3-(4-methylaminobutyl)aniline, 4-(4-methyl Aminobutyl)aniline, 3-(5-aminopentyl)aniline, 4-(5-aminopentyl)aniline, 3-(5-methylaminopentyl)aniline, 4-(5-methylaminopentyl)aniline, 2-( Examples thereof include 6-aminonaphthyl)methylamine, 3-(6-aminonaphthyl)methylamine, 2-(6-aminonaphthyl)ethylamine and 3-(6-aminonaphthyl)ethylamine.
 脂肪族ジアミン類の例としては、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,6-ジアミノヘキサン、1,7-ジアミノヘプタン、1,8-ジアミノオクタン、1,9-ジアミノノナン、1,10-ジアミノデカン、1,3-ジアミノ-2,2-ジメチルプロパン、1,6-ジアミノ-2,5-ジメチルヘキサン、1,7-ジアミノ-2,5-ジメチルヘプタン、1,7-ジアミノ-4,4-ジメチルヘプタン、1,7-ジアミノ-3-メチルヘプタン、1,9-ジアミノ-5-メチルヘプタンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic diamines are 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane and 1,7-diaminoheptane. , 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,3-diamino-2,2-dimethylpropane, 1,6-diamino-2,5-dimethylhexane, 1,7 -Diamino-2,5-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-4,4-dimethylheptane, 1,7-diamino-3-methylheptane, 1,9-diamino-5-methylheptane and the like can be mentioned.
 メチロール化合物の具体例としては、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリル、アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、及びアルコキシメチル化メラミン等の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the methylol compound include compounds such as alkoxymethylated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and alkoxymethylated melamine.
 アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリルの具体例としては、例えば、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ヒドロキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)尿素、1,1,3,3-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)尿素、1,1,3,3-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)尿素、1,3-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4,5-ジヒドロキシ-2-イミダゾリノン、および1,3-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4,5-ジメトキシ-2-イミダゾリノン等が挙げられる。市販品として、三井サイテック(株)製グリコールウリル化合物(商品名:サイメル(登録商標)1170、パウダーリンク(登録商標)1174)等の化合物、メチル化尿素樹脂(商品名:UFR(登録商標)65)、ブチル化尿素樹脂(商品名:UFR(登録商標)300、U-VAN10S60、U-VAN10R、U-VAN11HV)、DIC(株)製尿素/ホルムアルデヒド系樹脂(高縮合型、商品名:ベッカミン(登録商標)J-300S、同P-955、同N)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkoxymethylated glycoluril include 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4. ,6-Tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(methoxymethyl) Examples include urea, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolinone, and 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolinone. As commercially available products, compounds such as glycoluril compound (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1170, powder link (registered trademark) 1174) manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., methylated urea resin (trade name: UFR (registered trademark) 65) ), butylated urea resin (trade name: UFR (registered trademark) 300, U-VAN10S60, U-VAN10R, U-VAN11HV), urea/formaldehyde resin (high condensation type, trade name: Beckamine (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation. Registered trademark) J-300S, same P-955, same N) and the like.
 アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミンの具体例としては、例えば、テトラメトキシメチルベンゾグアナミン等が挙げられる。市販品として、三井サイテック(株)製(商品名:サイメル(登録商標)1123)、(株)三和ケミカル製(商品名:ニカラック(登録商標)BX-4000、同BX-37、同BL-60、同BX-55H)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine include, for example, tetramethoxymethyl benzoguanamine and the like. Commercially available products include Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd. (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123), Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. (trade names: Nicalac (registered trademark) BX-4000, BX-37, and BL- 60, BX-55H) and the like.
 アルコキシメチル化メラミンの具体例としては、例えば、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン等が挙げられる。市販品として、三井サイテック(株)製メトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:サイメル(登録商標)300、同301、同303、同350)、ブトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:マイコート(登録商標)506、同508)、三和ケミカル製メトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:ニカラック(登録商標)MW-30、同MW-22、同MW-11、同MS-001、同MX-002、同MX-730、同MX-750、同MX-035)、ブトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:ニカラック(登録商標)MX-45、同MX-410、同MX-302)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkoxymethylated melamine include hexamethoxymethylmelamine. As commercially available products, Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd. methoxymethyl type melamine compound (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 300, 301, 303, 350), butoxymethyl type melamine compound (trade name: Mycoat (registered trademark) 506, 508), methoxymethyl type melamine compound manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. (trade name: Nicalac (registered trademark) MW-30, MW-22, MW-11, MS-001, MX-002, the same) MX-730, MX-750, MX-035), butoxymethyl type melamine compound (trade name: Nicalac (registered trademark) MX-45, MX-410, MX-302) and the like.
 また、このようなアミノ基の水素原子がメチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基で置換されたメラミン化合物、尿素化合物、グリコールウリル化合物及びベンゾグアナミン化合物を縮合させて得られる化合物であってもよい。例えば、米国特許第6323310号に記載されているメラミン化合物およびベンゾグアナミン化合物から製造される高分子量の化合物が挙げられる。前記メラミン化合物の市販品としては、商品名:サイメル(登録商標)303(三井サイテック(株)製)等が挙げられ、前記ベンゾグアナミン化合物の市販品としては、商品名:サイメル(登録商標)1123(三井サイテック(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Further, it may be a compound obtained by condensing a melamine compound, a urea compound, a glycoluril compound and a benzoguanamine compound in which a hydrogen atom of such an amino group is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group. Examples include high molecular weight compounds prepared from melamine compounds and benzoguanamine compounds described in US Pat. No. 6,323,310. Examples of commercial products of the melamine compound include trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 303 (manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd.) and the like, and commercial products of the benzoguanamine compound include trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123 ( Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., etc. may be mentioned.
 イソシアネート化合物の具体例としては、例えば、VESTANAT B1358/100、VESTAGON BF 1540(以上、イソシアヌレート型変性ポリイソシアネート、デグサジャパン(株)製)、タケネート(登録商標)B-882N、同B-7075(以上、イソシアヌレート型変性ポリイソシアネート、三井化学(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the isocyanate compound are, for example, VESTANAT B1358/100, VESTAGON BF 1540 (above, isocyanurate type modified polyisocyanate, manufactured by Degussa Japan Co., Ltd.), Takenate (registered trademark) B-882N, and B-7075 (the same). Above, isocyanurate-type modified polyisocyanate, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. and the like can be mentioned.
 フェノプラスト化合物の具体例としては以下の化合物が挙げられるが、フェノプラスト化合物は以下の化合物例に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the phenoplast compound include the following compounds, but the phenoplast compound is not limited to the following compound examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 前記分子末端にヒドロキシアルキルアミド基を2個以上有する化合物の具体的な例としては、例えば下記の化合物やPrimid XL-552、Primid SF-4510が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups at the terminal of the molecule include the following compounds, Primid XL-552, and Primid SF-4510.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、コロネートAPステーブルM、コロネート2503、2515、2507、2513、2555、ミリオネートMS-50(以上、日本ポリウレタン工業(株)製)、タケネートB-830、B-815N、B-820NSU、B-842N、B-846N、B-870N、B-874N、B-882N(以上、三井化学(株)製)等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the blocked isocyanate compound include Coronate AP Stable M, Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (above, manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, Examples thereof include B-820NSU, B-842N, B-846N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.).
 さらに、上述したN-アルコキシメチルアクリルアミドの重合体としては、例えば、N-ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のヒドロキシメチル基又はアルコキシメチル基で置換されたアクリルアミド化合物又はメタクリルアミド化合物を使用して製造されるポリマーが挙げられる。 Furthermore, examples of the above-mentioned N-alkoxymethylacrylamide polymer include N-hydroxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, and N-butoxymethyl(meth). ) A polymer produced by using an acrylamide compound or a methacrylamide compound substituted with a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group such as acrylamide.
 そのようなポリマーの具体例としては、例えば、ポリ(N-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミド)、N-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミドとスチレンとの共重合体、N-ヒドロキシメチルメタクリルアミドとメチルメタクリレートとの共重合体、N-エトキシメチルメタクリルアミドとベンジルメタクリレートとの共重合体、及びN-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミドとベンジルメタクリレートと2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレートとの共重合体等が挙げられる。このようなポリマーの重量平均分子量は、1,000乃至200,000であり、より好ましくは3,000乃至150,000であり、さらに好ましくは3,000乃至50,000である。 Specific examples of such a polymer include, for example, poly(N-butoxymethylacrylamide), a copolymer of N-butoxymethylacrylamide and styrene, a copolymer of N-hydroxymethylmethacrylamide and methylmethacrylate, and N. Examples thereof include a copolymer of ethoxymethyl methacrylamide and benzyl methacrylate, and a copolymer of N-butoxymethyl acrylamide, benzyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate. The weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150,000, and further preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物の重合体としては、例えば、グリシジルメタクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルメタクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルメタクリレート等のエポキシ基を有する化合物を使用して製造されるポリマーが挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer of the compound having an epoxy group include polymers produced by using a compound having an epoxy group such as glycidyl methacrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate. To be
 そのようなポリマーの具体例としては、例えば、ポリ(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルメタクリレート)、ポリ(グリシジルメタクリレート)、グリシジルメタクリレートとメチルメタクリレートとの共重合体、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルメタクリレートとメチルメタクリレートとの共重合体、グリシジルメタクリレートとスチレンとの共重合体等が挙げられる。このようなポリマーの重量平均分子量は、1,000乃至200,000であり、より好ましくは3,000乃至150,000であり、さらに好ましくは3,000乃至50,000である。 Specific examples of such a polymer include poly(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate), poly(glycidyl methacrylate), a copolymer of glycidyl methacrylate and methyl methacrylate, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate. Examples thereof include a copolymer with methyl methacrylate and a copolymer with glycidyl methacrylate and styrene. The weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150,000, and further preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
 上述したイソシアネート基を有する化合物の重合体としては、例えば、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート(カレンズMOI[登録商標]、昭和電工(株)製)、2-イソシアナトエチルアクリレート(カレンズAOI[登録商標]、昭和電工(株)製)等のイソシアネート基を有する化合物、または2-(0-[1’-メチルプロピリデンアミノ]カルボキシアミノ)エチルメタクリレート(カレンズMOI-BM[登録商標]、昭和電工(株)製)、2-[(3,5-ジメチルピラゾリル)カルボニルアミノ]エチルメタクリレート(カレンズMOI-BP[登録商標]、昭和電工(株)製)等のブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物を使用して製造されるポリマーが挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer of the compound having an isocyanate group described above include 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (Karenz MOI [registered trademark], Showa Denko KK), 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate (Karenzu AOI [registered trademark]). , Showa Denko KK, etc., or a compound having an isocyanate group, or 2-(0-[1′-methylpropylideneamino]carboxyamino)ethyl methacrylate (Karenz MOI-BM [registered trademark], Showa Denko KK )), 2-[(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl)carbonylamino]ethyl methacrylate (Karenz MOI-BP [registered trademark], Showa Denko KK) and other compounds having a blocked isocyanate group. Polymers that are used.
 そのようなポリマーの具体例としては、例えば、ポリ(2-イソシアナトエチルアクリレート)、ポリ(2-(0-[1’-メチルプロピリデンアミノ]カルボキシアミノ)エチルメタクリレート)、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレートとスチレンとの共重合体、2-[(3,5-ジメチルピラゾリル)カルボニルアミノ]エチルメタクリレートとメチルメタクリレートとの共重合体等が挙げられる。このようなポリマーの重量平均分子量は、1,000乃至200,000であり、より好ましくは3,000乃至150,000であり、さらに好ましくは3,000乃至50,000である。 Specific examples of such a polymer include, for example, poly(2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate), poly(2-(0-[1′-methylpropylideneamino]carboxyamino)ethyl methacrylate), 2-isocyanatoethyl. Examples thereof include a copolymer of methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer of 2-[(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl)carbonylamino]ethyl methacrylate and methyl methacrylate, and the like. The weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150,000, and further preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
 これらの架橋剤は、単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 These crosslinking agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
 本発明に用いる液晶配向剤に(C)成分の架橋剤を含有させる場合の含有量は、(A)成分である樹脂の100質量部に基づいて1質量部乃至100質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1質量部乃至80質量部である。 When the cross-linking agent of the component (C) is contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention, the content is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin as the component (A). , And more preferably 1 to 80 parts by mass.
[液晶配向剤の調製]
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤は、液晶配向膜の形成に好適となるように塗布液として調製されることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明の液晶配向剤は、樹脂被膜を形成するための樹脂成分が有機溶媒に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。ここで、その樹脂成分とは、既に説明した(A)成分である特定重合体および(B)成分である重合体である。その際、(A)成分の特定重合体の含有量と(B)成分である重合体の含有量との合計は、液晶配向剤全体に対して0.5~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは1~20質量%、さらに好ましくは1~15質量%、特に好ましくは1~10質量%であるのがよい。
[Preparation of liquid crystal aligning agent]
The liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a coating liquid so as to be suitable for forming a liquid crystal aligning film. That is, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent. Here, the resin component is the specific polymer which is the component (A) and the polymer which is the component (B) which have already been described. At that time, the total content of the specific polymer as the component (A) and the content of the polymer as the component (B) is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, and more preferably the total amount of the liquid crystal aligning agent. Is preferably 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 10% by mass.
<溶媒>
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤に含有する溶媒は、(A)成分、(B)成分及び必要に応じて(C)成分を溶解させる溶媒であれば特に限定されない。液晶配向剤に含有する溶媒は1種でも良く、2種類以上混合して使用しても良い。また、(A)成分や(B)成分を溶解させる溶媒でなくとも、(A)成分や(B)成分を溶解させる溶媒と併用することができる。この場合、(A)成分や(B)成分を溶解させない溶媒の表面エネルギーが(A)成分や(B)成分を溶解させる溶媒よりも低いと、液晶配向剤の基板への塗布性を良くすることができるため好ましい。
<Solvent>
The solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving the component (A), the component (B) and optionally the component (C). The solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Further, even if it is not a solvent that dissolves the component (A) or the component (B), it can be used in combination with a solvent that dissolves the component (A) or the component (B). In this case, when the surface energy of the solvent that does not dissolve the component (A) or the component (B) is lower than that of the solvent that dissolves the component (A) or the component (B), the coatability of the liquid crystal aligning agent on the substrate is improved. It is preferable because it is possible.
 具体例として、水、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンなどのN - アルキル-2-ピロリドン類、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルカプロラクタム、テトラメチル尿素、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-エトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノンなどのジアルキルイミダゾリジノン類、γ-ブチロラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトンなどのラクトン類、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネートなどのカーボネート類、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、イソアミルメチルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、メチルイソブチルケトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンなどのケトン類、下記式(Sv-1)で表される化合物及び下記式(Sv-2)で表される化合物、酢酸4-メチル-2-ペンチル、酢酸2-エチルブチル、酢酸2-エチルヘキシル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸2-メチルシクロヘキシル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、ジイソブチルカルビノール、ジイソペンチルエーテル等をあげることができる。 Specific examples include water, N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylcaprolactam. , Tetramethylurea, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazo Dialkyl imidazolidinones such as ridinone, lactones such as γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone and δ-valerolactone, carbonates such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 3-methyl- Ketones such as 3-methoxybutanol, ethylamylketone, methylnonylketone, methylethylketone, isoamylmethylketone, methylisopropylketone, diisobutylketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, methylisobutylketone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone , Compounds represented by the following formula (Sv-1) and compounds represented by the following formula (Sv-2), 4-methyl-2-pentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, 2-Methylcyclohexyl acetate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, diisobutyl carbinol, diisopentyl ether and the like can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(Sv-1)~(Sv-2)中、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基であり、Xは酸素原子又は-COO-であり、X2は単結合又はカルボニル基であり、Rは炭素数2~4のアルカンジイル基である。nは1~3の整数である。nが2又は3の場合、複数のRは同じでも異なっていてもよい。Zは炭素数1~6の2価の炭化水素基であり、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基である)等が挙げられる。 In formulas (Sv-1) to (Sv-2), Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and X 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO— And X2 is a single bond or a carbonyl group, and R 1 is an alkanediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. n 1 is an integer of 1 to 3. When n 1 is 2 or 3, plural R 1 may be the same or different. Z 1 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
 式(Sv-1)中、Y及びYの炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基として、例えば炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基、炭素数1~6の1価の脂環式炭化水素基及び炭素数1~6の1価の芳香族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基等を挙げることができる。Rのアルカンジイル基は直鎖状でも分岐状でもよい。 In formula (Sv-1), examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms for Y 1 and Y 2 include a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group and a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkanediyl group of R 1 may be linear or branched.
 式(Sv-2)中、Zの炭素数1~6の2価の炭化水素基として、例えば炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基等を挙げることができる。
 Y及びYの炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基、炭素数1~6の1価の脂環式炭化水素基及び炭素数1~6の1価の芳香族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基としては炭素数1~6のアルキル基などが挙げられる。
In formula (Sv-2), examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Z 1 include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of Y 3 and Y 4 include a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. And a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 式(Sv-1)で表される溶媒の具体例としては、例えばエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコール-i-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルセロソルブ)、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングルコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールジアセタート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、エチレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-エトキシブチルアセタート等を;
 (Sv-2)で表される溶媒の具体例としては、例えばグリコール酸メチル、グリコール酸エチル、グリコール酸ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸イソアミル、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチルなどをそれぞれ挙げることができる。
Specific examples of the solvent represented by the formula (Sv-1) include, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ( Butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, ethylene Glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethoxybutyl acetate, etc.;
Specific examples of the solvent represented by (Sv-2) include methyl glycolate, ethyl glycolate, butyl glycolate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3. Examples thereof include methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate and butyl 3-methoxypropionate.
 前記溶媒としては沸点が80~200℃にあることが好ましい。より好ましくは、80℃~180℃であり、好ましい溶媒として、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、テトラメチル尿素、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、エチルアミルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、イソアミルメチルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、メチルイソブチルケトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、酢酸4-メチル-2-ペンチル、酢酸2-エチルブチル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸2-メチルシクロヘキシル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、ジイソブチルカルビノール、ジイソペンチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコール-i-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルセロソルブ)、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングルコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、 プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、グリコール酸メチル、グリコール酸エチル、グリコール酸ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸イソアミル、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、等を挙げることができる。
 沸点がこの範囲であることは、特に、前記溶媒を含む液晶配向剤が後述するプラスチック基板上に塗布される場合に好ましい。
The solvent preferably has a boiling point of 80 to 200°C. More preferably, it is 80° C. to 180° C., and as a preferable solvent, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propanol, isopropanol, 3-methyl-3-methoxy Butanol, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, isoamyl methyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, 2-methylcyclohexyl acetate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, diisobutylcarbinol, diisopentyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol -I-Propyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene Glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl glycolate, ethyl glycolate, butyl glycolate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, Examples thereof include ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, and the like.
The boiling point in this range is particularly preferable when the liquid crystal aligning agent containing the solvent is applied on the plastic substrate described later.
<他の成分>
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤は、上記(A)成分、(B)成分及び必要に応じて上記(C)成分以外の他の成分を含有してもよい。このような他の成分としては、架橋触媒や、液晶配向剤を塗布した際の、膜厚均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物、液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物、等を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
<Other ingredients>
The liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention may contain a component other than the component (A), the component (B) and, if necessary, the component (C). Such other components include a crosslinking catalyst, a compound that improves the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied, a compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate, and the like. However, the present invention is not limited to this.
<架橋触媒>
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤に、熱架橋性基Aと熱架橋性基Bとの反応を促進させる目的で、架橋触媒を添加してもよい。このような架橋触媒としては、p-トルエンスルホン酸、カンファスルホン酸、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸、p-フェノールスルホン酸、2-ナフタレンスルホン酸、メシチレンスルホン酸、p-キシレン-2-スルホン酸、m-キシレン-2-スルホン酸、4-エチルベンゼンスルホン酸、1H,1H,2H,2H-パーフルオロオクタンスルホン酸、パーフルオロ(2-エトキシエタン)スルホン酸、ペンタフルオロエタンスルホン酸、ノナフルオロブタン-1-スルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸等のスルホン酸またはその水和物や塩等が挙げられる。熱により酸を発生する化合物としては、例えば、ビス(トシルオキシ)エタン、ビス(トシルオキシ)プロパン、ビス(トシルオキシ)ブタン、p-ニトロベンジルトシレート、o-ニトロベンジルトシレート、1,2,3-フェニレントリス(メチルスルホネート)、p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム塩、p-トルエンスルホン酸モルフォニウム塩、p-トルエンスルホン酸エチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸プロピルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸ブチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸イソブチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸メチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸フェネチルエステル、シアノメチルp-トルエンスルホネート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルp-トルエンスルホネート、2-ヒドロキシブチルp-トルエンスルホネート、N-エチル-p-トルエンスルホンアミド等が挙げられる。
<Crosslinking catalyst>
A cross-linking catalyst may be added to the liquid crystal aligning agent used in the present invention for the purpose of promoting the reaction between the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B. Examples of such a crosslinking catalyst include p-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, p-phenolsulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, p-xylene-2-sulfonic acid, m- Xylene-2-sulfonic acid, 4-ethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluorooctanesulfonic acid, perfluoro(2-ethoxyethane)sulfonic acid, pentafluoroethanesulfonic acid, nonafluorobutane-1- Examples thereof include sulfonic acids such as sulfonic acid and dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, hydrates and salts thereof. Examples of the compound that generates an acid by heat include bis(tosyloxy)ethane, bis(tosyloxy)propane, bis(tosyloxy)butane, p-nitrobenzyl tosylate, o-nitrobenzyl tosylate, 1,2,3- Phenylene tris (methyl sulfonate), p-toluenesulfonic acid pyridinium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid morphonium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid ethyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid propyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid butyl ester, p- Toluenesulfonic acid isobutyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid phenethyl ester, cyanomethyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-hydroxybutyl p-toluenesulfonate , N-ethyl-p-toluenesulfonamide and the like.
[膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物]
 膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤およびノ二オン系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
 具体的には、例えば、エフトップ(登録商標)301、EF303、EF352(トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファック(登録商標)F171、F173、R-30(DIC社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガード(登録商標)AG710(旭硝子社製)、サーフロン(登録商標)S-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(AGCセイミケミカル社製)等が挙げられる。
 これらの界面活性剤の使用割合は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分の100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01質量部~1質量部である。
[Compound that improves film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness]
Examples of the compound that improves the uniformity of the film thickness and the surface smoothness include a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant and a nonion-based surfactant.
Specifically, for example, F-top (registered trademark) 301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), Megafac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC), Florard FC430, FC431 ( Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical). ..
The amount of these surfactants used is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. Parts by mass.
[液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物]
 液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物の具体例としては、次に示す官能性シラン含有化合物などが挙げられる。
 例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-トリエトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、N-トリメトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、10-トリメトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、10-トリエトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、9-トリメトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、9-トリエトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のアミノ系シラン含有化合物が挙げられる。
 基板との密着性を向上させる化合物を使用する場合、その使用量は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分100質量部に対して0.1質量部~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1質量部~20質量部である。
[Compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate]
Specific examples of the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the functional silane-containing compounds shown below.
For example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane , N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxy Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-triethoxysilyl- 1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis(oxyethylene)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxy Examples thereof include amino-based silane-containing compounds such as silane and N-bis(oxyethylene)-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane.
When a compound that improves the adhesion to the substrate is used, its amount is preferably 0.1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition, It is more preferably 1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass.
 ある実施形態において、光配向性基の光反応性を向上させるために添加剤として、光増感剤を用いることもできる。具体例として、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン(ベンゾフェノン)、クマリン、ケトクマリン、カルボニルビスクマリン、アセトフェノン、アントラキノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、およびアセトフェノンケタール等を挙げることができる。 In an embodiment, a photosensitizer can be used as an additive for improving the photoreactivity of the photoalignable group. Specific examples thereof include aromatic 2-hydroxyketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonylbiscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal.
<液晶配向膜及び液晶表示素子>
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、基板上に塗布、焼成した後、ラビング処理や光照射などで配向処理をして、又は一部の垂直配向用途などでは配向処理無しで液晶配向膜とすることができる。基板としては、例えばフロートガラス、ソーダガラスなどのガラス;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリカーボネート、ポリ(脂環式オレフィン)、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)樹脂フィルム、ポリサルホン(PSF)、ポリエーテルサルホン(PES)、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、アクリル及びトリアセチルセルロースなどのプラスチックからなる透明基板を用いることができる。
 基板の一面に設けられる透明導電膜としては、酸化スズ(SnO)からなるNESA膜(米国PPG社登録商標)、酸化インジウム-酸化スズ(In-SnO)からなるITO膜などを用いることができる。
<Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may be applied on a substrate and baked, and then subjected to an alignment treatment such as rubbing treatment or light irradiation, or in some vertical alignment applications, a liquid crystal alignment film may be formed without the alignment treatment. it can. Examples of the substrate include glass such as float glass and soda glass; polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyether sulfone, polycarbonate, poly(alicyclic olefin), polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyether ether. A transparent substrate made of a plastic such as a ketone (PEEK) resin film, polysulfone (PSF), polyether sulfone (PES), polyamide, polyimide, acrylic and triacetyl cellulose can be used.
As the transparent conductive film provided on one surface of the substrate, a NESA film made of tin oxide (SnO 2 ) (registered trademark of PPG Co., USA), an ITO film made of indium oxide-tin oxide (In 2 O 3 —SnO 2 ) and the like are used. Can be used.
<塗膜形成工程>
 本発明の液晶配向剤の塗布方法は特に限定されないが、スクリーン印刷、フレキソ印刷、オフセット印刷、インクジェット、ディップコーティング、ロールコーティング、スリットコーティング、スピンコーティングなどがあり、目的に応じてこれらを用いてもよい。これらの方法により基板上に塗布した後、ホットプレートなどの加熱手段により溶媒を蒸発させて、塗膜を形成させることができる。
<Coating film forming step>
The method for applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, but there are screen printing, flexographic printing, offset printing, inkjet, dip coating, roll coating, slit coating, spin coating and the like, and these may be used depending on the purpose. Good. After coating on the substrate by these methods, the solvent can be evaporated by a heating means such as a hot plate to form a coating film.
 液晶配向剤を塗布した後の焼成は、40~300℃の任意の温度で行うことができるが、好ましくは40℃~250℃であり、より好ましくは40℃~230℃である。
 基板上に形成される塗膜の膜厚は、好ましくは5~1,000nmであり、より好ましくは10~500nm又は10~300nmである。この焼成はホットプレート、熱風循環炉、赤外線炉などで行うことができる。
 ラビング処理には、レーヨン布、ナイロン布、コットン布などを使用することができる。
Firing after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent can be performed at any temperature of 40 to 300° C., preferably 40° C. to 250° C., more preferably 40° C. to 230° C.
The thickness of the coating film formed on the substrate is preferably 5 to 1,000 nm, more preferably 10 to 500 nm or 10 to 300 nm. This firing can be performed with a hot plate, a hot air circulation furnace, an infrared furnace, or the like.
Rayon cloth, nylon cloth, cotton cloth or the like can be used for the rubbing treatment.
<光照射工程>
 ある実施形態において光照射による配向処理を行ってもよく、例えば上記の液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程と、前記塗膜が液晶層と接触していない状態で又は液晶層と接触した状態で前記塗膜に光照射する工程とを含んでもよい。
<Light irradiation process>
Alignment treatment by light irradiation may be performed in an embodiment, for example, a step of forming a coating film by applying the above liquid crystal aligning agent on a substrate, or in a state where the coating film is not in contact with the liquid crystal layer, or The step of irradiating the coating film with light while being in contact with the liquid crystal layer may be included.
 光照射による配向処理で照射する光としては、例えば150~800nmの波長の光を含む紫外線、可視光線などを挙げることができる。これらのうち、300~400nmの波長の光を含む紫外線が好ましい。照射光は偏光であっても非偏光であってもよい。偏光としては、直線偏光を含む光を使用することが好ましい。 The light irradiated by the alignment treatment by light irradiation can be, for example, ultraviolet rays containing a light with a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm or visible light. Among these, ultraviolet rays containing light with a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm are preferable. The irradiation light may be polarized light or non-polarized light. It is preferable to use light including linearly polarized light as the polarized light.
 光の照射は、用いる光が偏光である場合には、基板面に垂直の方向から行っても斜め方向から行ってもよく、あるいはこれらを組み合わせて行ってもよい。非偏光を照射する場合には、基板面に対して斜めの方向から行うことが好ましい。
 光の照射量は、0.1mJ/cm以上1,000mJ/cm未満とすることが好ましく、1~500mJ/cmとすることがより好ましく、2~200mJ/cmとすることがさらに好ましい。
When the light used is polarized light, the light irradiation may be performed from a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface, an oblique direction, or a combination thereof. When irradiating non-polarized light, it is preferable to perform irradiation from a direction oblique to the surface of the substrate.
The dose of light is preferably set to 0.1 mJ / cm 2 or more 1,000 mJ / cm less than 2, more preferably, to 1 ~ 500 mJ / cm 2, it is 2 ~ 200 mJ / cm 2 further preferable.
<液晶表示素子>
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、対向するように配置された2枚の基板と、基板間に設けられた液晶層と、基板と液晶層との間に設けられ、本発明の液晶配向剤により形成された液晶配向膜とを有する液晶セルを具備する垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子である。具体的には、本発明の液晶配向剤を、2枚の基板上に塗布して焼成することにより液晶配向膜を形成し、この液晶配向膜が対向するように2枚の基板を配置し、この2枚の基板の間に液晶で構成された液晶層を挟持し、紫外線を照射することで作製される液晶セルを具備する垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子である。
 このように、本発明の液晶配向剤により形成された液晶配向膜を用い、液晶配向膜及び液晶層に紫外線を照射することで、液晶と本発明の液晶配向膜との間に相互作用が発生し、液晶残留DCが小さく、焼きつきが発生しにくい液晶表示素子となると思われる。
<Liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is provided with two substrates arranged to face each other, a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, and between the substrate and the liquid crystal layer, and is formed by the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention. A vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal cell having the formed liquid crystal alignment film. Specifically, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied onto two substrates and baked to form a liquid crystal alignment film, and the two substrates are arranged so that the liquid crystal alignment films face each other. This is a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell produced by sandwiching a liquid crystal layer composed of liquid crystal between these two substrates and irradiating with ultraviolet rays.
As described above, by using the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention and irradiating the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer with ultraviolet rays, an interaction occurs between the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. However, the liquid crystal residual DC is small, and it is considered that the liquid crystal display element is less likely to cause burn-in.
 本発明の液晶表示素子に用いる基板としては、透明性の高い基板であれば特に限定されないが、通常は、基板上に液晶を駆動するための透明電極が形成された基板である。具体例としては、上記液晶配向膜で記載した基板と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、従来の電極パターンや突起パターンが設けられた基板を用いてもよいが、本発明の液晶配向剤を用いて形成された液晶配向膜を有していることにより、片側基板に1~10μmのライン/スリット電極パターンを形成し、対向基板にはスリットパターンや突起パターンを形成していない構造の基板を用いても動作可能であり、素子の製造時のプロセスを簡略化でき、高い透過率を得ることができる。
The substrate used for the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, but is usually a substrate on which transparent electrodes for driving liquid crystals are formed. As a specific example, the same substrates as those described above for the liquid crystal alignment film can be mentioned.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention may use a substrate provided with a conventional electrode pattern or protrusion pattern, but by having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, It is possible to operate by using a substrate with a line/slit electrode pattern of 1 to 10 μm formed on one side and a structure with no slit pattern or protrusion pattern formed on the opposite substrate, which simplifies the manufacturing process of the device. And high transmittance can be obtained.
 また、TFT型の素子のような高機能素子においては、液晶駆動のための電極と基板の間にトランジスタの如き素子が形成されたものが用いられる。 Also, for high-performance devices such as TFT-type devices, those in which devices such as transistors are formed between the electrodes for driving the liquid crystal and the substrate are used.
 透過型の液晶表示素子の場合は、上記基板を用いることが一般的であるが、反射型の液晶表示素子では、片側の基板のみにならばシリコンウエハー等の不透明な基板も用いることが可能である。その際、基板に形成された電極には、光を反射するアルミニウムの如き材料を用いることもできる。 In the case of a transmissive liquid crystal display element, it is common to use the above substrate, but in a reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can be used if only one substrate is used. is there. At that time, a material such as aluminum that reflects light may be used for the electrodes formed on the substrate.
 液晶配向膜は、この基板上に本発明の液晶配向剤を塗布した後、焼成することにより形成されるものであり、詳しくは上述したとおりである。 The liquid crystal alignment film is formed by applying the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention on this substrate and then firing it, and the details are as described above.
 本発明の液晶表示素子に用いる液晶組成物としては、負の誘電異方性を有するネマチック液晶を用いることができる。例えば、ジシアノベンゼン系液晶、ピリダジン系液晶、シッフベース系液晶、アゾキシ系液晶、ビフェニル系液晶、フェニルシクロヘキサン系液晶、ターフェニル系液晶などを用いることができる。また、アルケニル系液晶を併用することが好ましい。このようなアルケニル系液晶としては、従来公知のものを使用することができる。例えば、下記式で表される化合物などを挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 A nematic liquid crystal having a negative dielectric anisotropy can be used as the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. For example, dicyanobenzene-based liquid crystals, pyridazine-based liquid crystals, Schiff-based liquid crystals, azoxy-based liquid crystals, biphenyl-based liquid crystals, phenylcyclohexane-based liquid crystals, terphenyl-based liquid crystals and the like can be used. Further, it is preferable to use an alkenyl liquid crystal together. As such an alkenyl-based liquid crystal, a conventionally known one can be used. For example, the compound represented by the following formula can be exemplified, but the invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 本発明の液晶表示素子の液晶層を構成する液晶組成物は、垂直配向方式で使用される液晶材料であれば、特に限定されない。例えば、メルク社製の、負の誘電異方性を有する液晶組成物である、MLC-6608、MLC-6609等を用いることができる。さらに、アルケニル系液晶を含み、負の誘電異方性を有する液晶組成物である、メルク社製のMLC-3022、MLC-3023(光重合性化合物(RM)を含む)などを用いることができる。 The liquid crystal composition forming the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a liquid crystal material used in the vertical alignment method. For example, MLC-6608, MLC-6609 and the like, which are liquid crystal compositions having negative dielectric anisotropy manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc. can be used. Furthermore, MLC-3022, MLC-3023 (including a photopolymerizable compound (RM)) manufactured by Merck Ltd., which is a liquid crystal composition containing an alkenyl-based liquid crystal and having a negative dielectric anisotropy, can be used. ..
 この液晶層を2枚の基板の間に挟持させる方法としては、公知の方法を挙げることができる。例えば、液晶配向膜が形成された1対の基板を用意し、一方の基板の液晶配向膜上にビーズ等のスペーサーを散布し、基板の周囲に接着剤を塗布した後、液晶配向膜が形成された側の面が内側になるようにして、もう一方の基板を貼り合わせ、液晶を減圧注入して封止する方法が挙げられる。
 また、液晶配向膜が形成された1対の基板を用意し、一方の基板の液晶配向膜上に、ビーズ等のスペーサーを散布した後に液晶を滴下し、その後、液晶配向膜が形成された側の面が内側になるようにして、もう一方の基板を貼り合わせて封止を行う方法でも、液晶セルを作製することができる。このときのスペーサーの厚みは、好ましくは1~30μm、より好ましくは2~10μmである。
As a method for sandwiching this liquid crystal layer between two substrates, a known method can be mentioned. For example, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, spacers such as beads are scattered on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate, and an adhesive is applied to the periphery of the substrate to form the liquid crystal alignment film. There is a method in which the other substrate is bonded so that the surface on the side where the light is applied becomes the inside, and liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure to seal the liquid crystal.
In addition, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, spacers such as beads are sprinkled on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate and then liquid crystal is dropped, and then the side where the liquid crystal alignment film is formed. The liquid crystal cell can also be produced by a method in which the other substrate is attached and sealed so that the surface of the liquid crystal layer faces the inside. At this time, the thickness of the spacer is preferably 1 to 30 μm, more preferably 2 to 10 μm.
 液晶配向膜及び液晶層に紫外線を照射することにより液晶セルを作製する工程は、液晶封入後であれば何時でもよい。紫外線の照射量は、例えば、1~60J/cm、好ましくは40J/cm以下であり、紫外線照射量が少ないほうが、液晶表示素子を構成する部材の破壊により生じる信頼性低下を抑制できる。
 用いる紫外線の波長は、300~500nmが好ましく、300~400nmがより好ましい。なお、液晶セルを作成する工程で用いる紫外線の波長は、前記光照射工程で用いる紫外線の波長と異なることが好ましい。中でも、液晶セルを作成する工程で用いる紫外線の波長が、前記光照射工程で用いる紫外線の波長よりも長波長であることが、液晶セルを作成する工程において光照射工程の逆反応が進行することを防ぐという観点から、好ましい。
 例えば、前記光照射工程で用いる紫外線の波長は300~350nmであり、液晶セルを作成する工程で用いる紫外線の波長が、350~400nmであるのが好ましい。こうすることにより、光配向処理後のPSA処理において、光配向性基の逆反応が進行して、光配向性が損なわれるという問題を回避することができる。
The step of producing a liquid crystal cell by irradiating the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer with ultraviolet rays may be any time after the liquid crystal is sealed. The irradiation amount of the ultraviolet rays is, for example, 1 to 60 J/cm 2 , preferably 40 J/cm 2 or less, and the smaller the irradiation amount of the ultraviolet rays is, the more the reduction in reliability caused by the destruction of the members constituting the liquid crystal display element can be suppressed.
The wavelength of ultraviolet rays used is preferably 300 to 500 nm, more preferably 300 to 400 nm. The wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the step of producing the liquid crystal cell is preferably different from the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the light irradiation step. Above all, that the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray used in the step of forming the liquid crystal cell is longer than the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray used in the light irradiation step, that the reverse reaction of the light irradiation step proceeds in the step of forming the liquid crystal cell. From the viewpoint of preventing
For example, it is preferable that the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the light irradiation step is 300 to 350 nm, and the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the step of forming a liquid crystal cell is 350 to 400 nm. By doing so, it is possible to avoid the problem that in the PSA treatment after the photo-alignment treatment, the reverse reaction of the photo-alignment group proceeds to impair the photo-alignment property.
 また、液晶配向膜及び液晶層への紫外線の照射は、電圧を印加し、この電界を保持したまま行ってもよい。ここで、電極間にかける電圧としては、例えば、5~30Vp-p、好ましくは5~20Vp-pである。 Further, the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer may be irradiated with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage and maintaining this electric field. Here, the voltage applied between the electrodes is, for example, 5 to 30 Vp-p, preferably 5 to 20 Vp-p.
 液晶に重合性化合物が入っているPSA方式の場合は、液晶配向膜及び液晶層に紫外線を照射すると、重合性化合物が反応して重合体を形成し、この重合体により液晶分子が傾く方向が記憶されることで、得られる液晶表示素子の応答速度を速くすることができる。 In the case of the PSA method in which the liquid crystal contains a polymerizable compound, when the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer are irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the polymerizable compound reacts with each other to form a polymer, and the polymer causes the liquid crystal molecules to tilt. By being stored, the response speed of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be increased.
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、ラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド及びその前駆体から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体を含有するため、PSA方式への利用に適している。すなわち、上記光配向工程により、(A)成分である重合体の光配向性基が光反応することにより、チルト角が付与される。そのあと、PSA処理の際に、(B)成分の重合体からラジカルが発生して、液晶組成物中のアルケニル液晶が重合することによって、付与されたチルト角を固定化することができる。このことにより、得られる液晶表示素子のチルト角の耐久性をが向上させることができる。 The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains at least one polymer selected from a polyimide having a radical generating group and a precursor thereof, and is therefore suitable for use in the PSA system. That is, in the photo-alignment step, the photo-alignment group of the polymer as the component (A) is photo-reacted to give a tilt angle. After that, at the time of PSA treatment, radicals are generated from the polymer of the component (B) and the alkenyl liquid crystal in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized, whereby the imparted tilt angle can be fixed. As a result, the durability of the tilt angle of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be improved.
 また、上記液晶配向剤は、PSA型液晶ディスプレイやSC-PVA型液晶ディスプレイ等の垂直配向方式の液晶表示素子を作製するための液晶配向剤として有用なだけでなく、ラビング処理や光配向処理によって形成される液晶配向膜の作製にも好適に使用できる。 Further, the above liquid crystal aligning agent is not only useful as a liquid crystal aligning agent for producing a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device such as a PSA type liquid crystal display or an SC-PVA type liquid crystal display, but also by a rubbing treatment or an optical alignment treatment. It can also be suitably used for producing a liquid crystal alignment film to be formed.
実施例で使用した略号は以下の通りである。
<メタクリルモノマー>
(光配向性モノマー)
MA-p-1:下記式(MA-p-1)で表される化合物。
 式(MA-p-1)中、二重結合の立体はE体を表す。
The abbreviations used in the examples are as follows.
<Methacrylic monomer>
(Photo-alignable monomer)
MA-p-1: A compound represented by the following formula (MA-p-1).
In the formula (MA-p-1), the steric double bond represents the E form.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(熱架橋性モノマー)
MA-B-1:下記式(MA-B-1)で表される化合物
MA-B-2:下記式(MA-B-2)で表される化合物
(Thermal crosslinking monomer)
MA-B-1: Compound represented by the following formula (MA-B-1) MA-B-2: Compound represented by the following formula (MA-B-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
<テトラカルボン酸二無水物>
T-1:下記の式(T-1)で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
T-2:下記の式(T-2)で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
T-3:下記の式(T-3)で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
T-4:下記の式(T-4)で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
<Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride>
T-1: Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (T-1) T-2: Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (T-2) T-3: The following formula ( T-3) Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride T-4: Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (T-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
<配向ジアミン>
DA-v-1:下記式(DA-v-1)で示される配向ジアミン
DA-v-2:下記式(DA-v-2)で示される配向ジアミン
DA-v-3:下記式(DA-v-3)で示される配向ジアミン
DA-v-4:下記式(DA-v-3)で示される配向ジアミン
<Alignment diamine>
DA-v-1: Oriented diamine represented by the following formula (DA-v-1) DA-v-2: Oriented diamine represented by the following formula (DA-v-2) DA-v-3: The following formula (DA -V-3) oriented diamine DA-v-4: an oriented diamine represented by the following formula (DA-v-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
<ラジカル発生ジアミン>
DA-r-1:下記式(DA-r-1)で示されるジアミン
<Radical generating diamine>
DA-r-1: a diamine represented by the following formula (DA-r-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
<その他ジアミン>
DA-c-1:下記式(DA-c-1)で示されるその他ジアミン
DA-c-2:下記式(DA-c-2)で示されるその他ジアミン
<Other diamines>
DA-c-1: Other diamine represented by the following formula (DA-c-1) DA-c-2: Other diamine represented by the following formula (DA-c-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(架橋剤成分)
B-1:下記式(B-1)で示される架橋剤成分
B-2:下記式(B-2)で示される架橋剤成分
(Crosslinking agent component)
B-1: Crosslinking agent component represented by the following formula (B-1) B-2: Crosslinking agent component represented by the following formula (B-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 その他、本実施例で用いる試薬の略号を以下に示す。
(重合開始剤)
AIBN:アゾビスイソブチロニトリル
(溶媒)
NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
BCS:ブチルセロソルブ
THF:テトラヒドロフラン
DMF:N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド
In addition, the abbreviations of the reagents used in this example are shown below.
(Polymerization initiator)
AIBN: Azobisisobutyronitrile (solvent)
NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BCS: butyl cellosolve THF: tetrahydrofuran DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide
(分子量測定)
 合成例におけるポリマーの分子量はセンシュー科学社製 常温ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)装置(SSC-7200、Shodex社製カラム(KD-803、KD-805)を用い以下のようにして測定した。
カラム温度:50℃、溶離液:DMF(添加剤として、臭化リチウム-水和物(LiBr・HO)が30mmol/L、リン酸・無水結晶(o-リン酸)が30mmol/L、THFが10ml/L)、流速:1.0ml/分
 検量線作成用標準サンプル:東ソー社製 TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量約9000,000、150,000、100,000、30,000)、及び、ポリマーラボラトリー社製 ポリエチレングリコール(分子量 約12,000、4,000、1,000)。
(Molecular weight measurement)
The molecular weight of the polymer in the synthesis example was measured using a room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) device (SSC-7200, Shodex column (KD-803, KD-805) manufactured by Senshu Scientific Co., Ltd. as follows.
Column temperature: 50° C., eluent: DMF (lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr.H 2 O) as an additive, 30 mmol/L, phosphoric acid/anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid), 30 mmol/L, THF 10 ml/L), flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Standard sample for calibration curve preparation: TSK standard polyethylene oxide manufactured by Tosoh Corporation (molecular weight of about 9,000,000, 150,000, 100,000, 30,000), and Polyethylene glycol manufactured by Polymer Laboratory (molecular weight: about 12,000, 4,000, 1,000).
(イミド化率測定)
 合成例におけるイミド化率は次のようにして測定した。ポリイミド粉末20mgをNMRサンプル管(草野科学社製 NMRサンプリングチューブスタンダード φ5)に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d6、0.05%TMS混合品)1.0mlを添加し、超音波をかけて完全に溶解させた。この溶液を日本電子データム社製NMR測定器(JNW-ECA500)にて500MHzのプロトンNMRを測定した。イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.5~10.0ppm付近に現れるアミック酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い以下の式によって求めた。なお下記式において、xはアミック酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミック酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミック酸のNH基のプロトン1個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。
 イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
(Imidization rate measurement)
The imidization ratio in the synthesis example was measured as follows. 20 mg of polyimide powder was put in an NMR sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard φ5 manufactured by Kusano Science Co., Ltd.), 1.0 ml of deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6, 0.05% TMS mixture) was added, and ultrasonic waves were applied. Completely dissolved. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz with an NMR measuring device (JNW-ECA500) manufactured by JEOL Datum. The imidization ratio is determined by using a proton derived from a structure that does not change before and after imidization as a reference proton, and the integrated value of the peak of this proton and the proton peak derived from the NH group of amic acid appearing around 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. It was calculated by the following formula using the integrated value. In the formula below, x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid, y is the peak integrated value of the reference proton, and α is the proton of the NH group of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidization ratio is 0%). It is the ratio of the number of reference protons to one.
Imidization rate (%)=(1-α·x/y)×100
<ポリマーの合成>
[メタクリレートポリマー合成例]
(合成例M-1)
 4つ口フラスコにMA-p-1(10.12g、20.0mmol)、MA-B-1(2.61g、30.0mmol)及びMA-B-2(2.35g、16.5mmol)を秤取し、NMPを固形分濃度が20wt%となるように加えた。各モノマー成分を溶解し、ダイアフラムポンプで脱気を行った後、重合開始剤としてAIBN(0.55g、3.33mmol)を加え、再び脱気を行った。この後60℃で13時間反応させて、ポリマー固形分濃度が20質量%となるポリマー(PMA-1)の溶液を得た。
<Synthesis of polymer>
[Example of methacrylate polymer synthesis]
(Synthesis Example M-1)
MA-p-1 (10.12 g, 20.0 mmol), MA-B-1 (2.61 g, 30.0 mmol) and MA-B-2 (2.35 g, 16.5 mmol) were placed in a 4-necked flask. Weighed and added NMP so that the solid content concentration was 20 wt %. After dissolving each monomer component and performing deaeration with a diaphragm pump, AIBN (0.55 g, 3.33 mmol) was added as a polymerization initiator, and deaeration was performed again. Then, the mixture was reacted at 60° C. for 13 hours to obtain a polymer (PMA-1) solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 20 mass %.
 下記表1に示す、メタクリルモノマー及び有機溶媒を使用し、それぞれ、メタクリレートポリマー合成例1と同様の手順で実施することにより、下記表1に示すメタクリレートポリマー(PMA-2)の溶液を得た。表1中、括弧内の数値は、メタクリルモノマー成分については、合成に使用したメタクリルモノマーの合計量100モル部に対する各化合物の配合割合(モル部)を表し、有機溶媒については、合成に使用した有機溶媒の合計量100重量部に対する各有機溶媒の配合割合(重量部)を表す。 By using the methacrylic monomer and the organic solvent shown in Table 1 below and carrying out the same procedure as in the methacrylate polymer synthesis example 1, a solution of the methacrylate polymer (PMA-2) shown in Table 1 below was obtained. In Table 1, the numerical value in parentheses indicates the compounding ratio (mol part) of each compound to 100 mol parts of the total amount of methacrylic monomer used for synthesis for the methacrylic monomer component, and the organic solvent used for synthesis. The compounding ratio (parts by weight) of each organic solvent is shown for 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the organic solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
[ポリイミド系ポリマー合成例]
(合成例P-1)
 DA-c-1(4.56g、30.0mmol)、DA-c-2(7.27g、30.0mmol)、DA-r-1(3.30g、10.0mmol)、DA-v-1(11.42g、30.0mmol)及びT-2(5.00g、20.0mmol)を秤取し、NMPを反応濃度が18質量%となるように加え、60℃で5時間反応させた。次に、T-4(4.36g、20.0mmol)及びT-1(10.60g、54.1mmol)を秤取し、NMPを反応濃度が20質量%となるように加え、40℃で10時間反応させポリアミック酸溶液を得た。
 上記ポリアミック酸溶液を180.0g取り、NMPを固形分濃度が6.5質量%となるように加え、30分撹拌した。得られたポリアミック酸溶液に、無水酢酸を38.0g、ピリジンを11.5g加えて、70℃で3時間加熱し、化学イミド化を行った。得られた反応液を反応液質量の3倍量のメタノールに撹拌しながら投入し、析出した沈殿物をろ過し、続いて、メタノールで洗浄した。得られた樹脂粉末を100℃で減圧乾燥し、ポリイミド(PI-A-1)の粉末を得た。このポリイミド樹脂粉末のイミド化率は72%であった。得られたポリイミド(PI-A-1)にNMPを固形分濃度が12%となるように加え、70℃で20時間攪拌し、固形分濃度が12質量%のポリイミド(PI-A-1)の溶液を得た。
[Example of polyimide polymer synthesis]
(Synthesis Example P-1)
DA-c-1 (4.56 g, 30.0 mmol), DA-c-2 (7.27 g, 30.0 mmol), DA-r-1 (3.30 g, 10.0 mmol), DA-v-1 (11.42 g, 30.0 mmol) and T-2 (5.00 g, 20.0 mmol) were weighed, NMP was added so that the reaction concentration was 18% by mass, and the mixture was reacted at 60° C. for 5 hours. Next, T-4 (4.36 g, 20.0 mmol) and T-1 (10.60 g, 54.1 mmol) were weighed and NMP was added so that the reaction concentration was 20% by mass, and at 40° C. The reaction was carried out for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution.
180.0 g of the above polyamic acid solution was taken, NMP was added so that the solid content concentration became 6.5% by mass, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. To the obtained polyamic acid solution, 38.0 g of acetic anhydride and 11.5 g of pyridine were added, and heated at 70° C. for 3 hours to carry out chemical imidization. The obtained reaction liquid was poured into methanol in an amount of 3 times the mass of the reaction liquid while stirring, the deposited precipitate was filtered, and subsequently washed with methanol. The obtained resin powder was dried under reduced pressure at 100° C. to obtain a polyimide (PI-A-1) powder. The imidation ratio of this polyimide resin powder was 72%. NMP was added to the obtained polyimide (PI-A-1) so that the solid content concentration was 12%, and the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 20 hours to obtain a polyimide (PI-A-1) having a solid content concentration of 12% by mass. A solution of
(合成例P-2~11)
 表2に示す組成にて、ポリマー合成例P-1と同様の方法を用いて、ポリイミド(PI-A-2)~(PI-A-11)の溶液を合成した。
(Synthesis examples P-2 to 11)
Solutions of polyimides (PI-A-2) to (PI-A-11) having the compositions shown in Table 2 were synthesized in the same manner as in Polymer Synthesis Example P-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
<液晶配向剤の調製>
(実施例1)
 合成例M-1で得られたポリマー(PMA-1)の溶液、及び合成例P-1で得られたポリマー(PI-A-1)の溶液を用いて、NMP及びBCSにより希釈し、更に化合物(B-1)を全ての重合体100質量部に対して10質量部となるように添加し室温で攪拌した。次いで、この得られた溶液を孔径0.5μmのフィルターでろ過することにより、重合体の成分比率が(PMA-1):(PI-A-1)=30:70(固形分換算質量比)、溶媒組成比がNMP:BCS=60:40(質量比)、重合体固形分濃度が6質量%となる液晶配向剤(1)を得た(下記の表3)。この液晶配向剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
<Preparation of liquid crystal aligning agent>
(Example 1)
The polymer (PMA-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example M-1 and the polymer (PI-A-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example P-1 were diluted with NMP and BCS, and The compound (B-1) was added so as to be 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymers and stirred at room temperature. Then, the obtained solution was filtered with a filter having a pore size of 0.5 μm to give a polymer component ratio of (PMA-1):(PI-A-1)=30:70 (mass ratio in terms of solid content). A liquid crystal aligning agent (1) having a solvent composition ratio of NMP:BCS=60:40 (mass ratio) and a polymer solid content concentration of 6 mass% was obtained (Table 3 below). No abnormalities such as turbidity or precipitation were observed in this liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed to be a uniform solution.
(実施例2~12、および比較例1~2)
 表3に示す組成にて、実施例1と同様の方法を用いて、液晶配向剤(2)~(12)および(R1)~(R2)を得た。
(Examples 2-12 and Comparative Examples 1-2)
Liquid crystal aligning agents (2) to (12) and (R1) to (R2) were obtained with the composition shown in Table 3 and in the same manner as in Example 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
<液晶表示素子の作製>
 得られた液晶配向剤をITO膜からなる透明電極付きガラス基板のITO面にスピンコートし、70℃のホットプレートで90秒間乾燥した後、230℃のホットプレートで30分間焼成を行い、膜厚100nmの液晶配向膜を形成した。
 次いで、塗膜面に偏光板を介して、照射強度4.3mW/cmの313nmの直線偏光紫外線を基板法線方向から40°傾斜した角度から50mJ/cm照射し、液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。直線偏光紫外線は高圧水銀ランプの紫外光に313nmのバンドパスフィルターを通した後、313nmの偏光板を通すことで調製した。
 上記の基板を2枚用意し、一方の基板の液晶配向膜上に4μmのビーズスペーサーを散布した後、シール剤(三井化学製、XN-1500T)を塗布した。次いで、もう一方の基板を、液晶配向膜面が向き合い配向方向が180°になるようにして張り合わせた後、120℃で90分シール剤を熱硬化させた。室温下で放冷した後、液晶(メルク社製、MLC-3022)を減圧注入法によって注入した。
 この液晶セルに電圧無印加の状態で、セルの外側から365nmのバンドパスフィルターを通した紫外光を10J/cm照射した後、蛍光UVランプ(FLR40SUV32/A-1)を用いて30分間照射することで、液晶表示素子を得た。
<Production of liquid crystal display element>
The obtained liquid crystal aligning agent was spin-coated on the ITO surface of a glass substrate with a transparent electrode made of an ITO film, dried on a hot plate at 70° C. for 90 seconds, and then baked on a hot plate at 230° C. for 30 minutes to give a film thickness. A 100 nm liquid crystal alignment film was formed.
Then, the coated film surface was irradiated with 313 nm linearly polarized ultraviolet light having an irradiation intensity of 4.3 mW/cm 2 through a polarizing plate at 50 mJ/cm 2 from an angle inclined by 40° from the substrate normal direction, and a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film was formed. Got Linearly polarized ultraviolet light was prepared by passing the ultraviolet light of a high-pressure mercury lamp through a 313 nm bandpass filter and then through a 313 nm polarizing plate.
Two of the above substrates were prepared, 4 μm of bead spacers were scattered on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and then a sealant (XN-1500T, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals) was applied. Next, the other substrate was bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film surfaces faced each other and the alignment direction was 180°, and then the sealant was thermally cured at 120° C. for 90 minutes. After allowing to cool at room temperature, liquid crystal (MLC-3022 manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) was injected by a reduced pressure injection method.
This liquid crystal cell was irradiated with 10 J/cm 2 of ultraviolet light that passed through a 365 nm bandpass filter from the outside of the cell with no voltage applied, and then was irradiated for 30 minutes using a fluorescent UV lamp (FLR40SUV32/A-1). By doing so, a liquid crystal display element was obtained.
<評価>
1.液晶配向性
 上記で作製した液晶表示素子のプレチルト角をAxo Metrix社製のAxoScanを用いて、ミューラーマトリックス法により測定した。評価結果を表4に示す。
<Evaluation>
1. Liquid Crystal Alignment The pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display device produced above was measured by the Mueller matrix method using AxoScan manufactured by Axo Metrix. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
2.プレチルト角変化の評価
 上記プレチルト角を測定した液晶表示素子に直流電圧を15V印加し、36時間後に再びプレチルト角を測定した。直流電圧を印加する前後でのプレチルト角から、プレチルト角変化量(Δpretilt)を求めた。評価結果を表4に示す。
2. Evaluation of Change in Pretilt Angle A direct current voltage of 15 V was applied to the liquid crystal display element whose pretilt angle was measured, and after 36 hours, the pretilt angle was measured again. The amount of change in pretilt angle (Δ pretilt ) was determined from the pretilt angle before and after applying the DC voltage. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
 上記実施例と比較例との対比から、ポリイミド系ポリマー中にラジカル開始部位を有するモノマーを導入することで、365nmのような長波長の紫外線照射でも十分なプレチルト角を発現することが確認された。 From the comparison between the above Examples and Comparative Examples, it was confirmed that by introducing a monomer having a radical initiation site into a polyimide-based polymer, a sufficient pretilt angle was exhibited even by irradiation with ultraviolet rays having a long wavelength such as 365 nm. ..
 本発明の液晶配向剤、それから得られる液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子は、車載用等の耐久性が要求される液晶表示素子に、好適に用いることができる。 The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention and the liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal aligning film obtained therefrom can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device for which in-vehicle use or the like is required to have durability.

Claims (7)

  1. (A)成分として下記式(pa-1)
    (式中、Aは場合によりフッ素、塩素、シアノから選択される基によるか、又は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル残基(これは、場合により1個のシアノ基又は1個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている)で置換されている、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、2,5-チオフェニレン、2,5-フラニレン、1,4-若しくは2,6-ナフチレン又はフェニレンを表し、
    は単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、
    は2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、2価の複素環式基または2価の縮合環式基であり、
    は単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、
    は炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、
    Dは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR-(ここで、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキルを表す)を表し、
    aは0~3の整数であり、*は結合位置を表す。)で表される光配向性基と熱架橋性基Aとを有する重合体、(B)成分として光照射によりラジカルを発生するラジカル発生基を有するポリイミド及びその前駆体から選ばれる重合体及び溶媒を含有する液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    The following formula (pa-1) is used as the component (A).
    (In the formula, A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (this may be one Substituted with a cyano group or with one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furanylene Represents 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene,
    R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—,
    R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group,
    R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—,
    R 4 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group,
    D represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R d represents a hydrogen atom or alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms),
    a is an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position. ) A polymer having a photo-alignment group and a heat-crosslinkable group A, a polymer and a solvent selected from a polyimide having a radical-generating group that generates a radical upon irradiation with light as a component (B) and a precursor thereof. A liquid crystal aligning agent containing.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
  2.  (A)成分が有する光配向性基の光反応を起こす光の波長と、(B)成分が有するラジカル発生基のラジカル発生反応を起こす光の波長とが互いに異なることを特徴とする請求項1記載の液晶配向剤。 The wavelength of light that causes a photoreaction of the photoalignable group of the component (A) and the wavelength of light that causes a radical generation reaction of the radical generating group of the component (B) are different from each other. The liquid crystal aligning agent described.
  3.  (A)成分が有する光配向性基の光反応を起こす光の波長よりも、(B)成分が有するラジカル発生基のラジカル発生反応を起こす光の波長のほうが長波長であることを特徴とする請求項2記載の液晶配向剤。 The wavelength of light causing a radical generating reaction of the radical generating group of the component (B) is longer than the wavelength of light causing a photoreaction of the photoalignable group of the component (A). The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 2.
  4.  さらに、下記要件Z1及びZ2の少なくとも一方を満たす請求項1乃至請求項3のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。
     Z1:(A)成分である重合体が、熱架橋性基Bをさらに有する。
     Z2:(C)成分として、分子内に2個以上の熱架橋性基Bを有する化合物をさらに含有する。
     熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基Bは、それぞれ独立に、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、アルコキシメチルアミド基、ヒドロキシメチルアミド基、水酸基、エポキシ部位含有基、オキセタニル基、チイラニル基、イソシアネート基及びブロックイソシアネート基からなる群から選ばれる有機基であって、熱架橋性基Aと熱架橋性基Bとが熱により架橋反応するように選択されてなり、ただし、熱架橋性基A及び熱架橋性基Bは互いに同じでもよい。
    Furthermore, the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which satisfies at least one of the following requirements Z1 and Z2.
    The polymer which is the Z1:(A) component further has a thermally crosslinkable group B.
    Z2: A compound having two or more heat-crosslinkable groups B in the molecule is further contained as the component (C).
    The heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B are each independently a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxymethylamide group, a hydroxymethylamide group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group-containing group, an oxetanyl group, a thiylanyl group, an isocyanate group and a block. An organic group selected from the group consisting of isocyanate groups, which is selected so that the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group B undergo a crosslinking reaction by heat, provided that the heat-crosslinkable group A and the heat-crosslinkable group are The groups B may be the same as each other.
  5.  請求項1~請求項4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤を用いて形成された液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
  6.  請求項1~請求項4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程と、前記塗膜が液晶層と接触していない状態で又は液晶層と接触した状態で前記塗膜に光照射する工程と、を含む液晶配向膜の製造方法。 A step of applying a liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4 onto a substrate to form a coating film, and a step of forming the coating film in a state where the coating film is not in contact with the liquid crystal layer or the liquid crystal layer. And a step of irradiating the coating film with light in a state of being in contact with the coating film.
  7.  請求項5に記載の液晶配向膜又は請求項6に記載の製造方法により得られた液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 5 or the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the manufacturing method according to claim 6.
PCT/JP2019/051064 2019-01-08 2019-12-26 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element WO2020145175A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020565711A JP7424318B2 (en) 2019-01-08 2019-12-26 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN201980088271.8A CN113272729A (en) 2019-01-08 2019-12-26 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR1020217023042A KR20210112333A (en) 2019-01-08 2019-12-26 A liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning film, and a liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-001316 2019-01-08
JP2019001316 2019-01-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020145175A1 true WO2020145175A1 (en) 2020-07-16

Family

ID=71521496

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/051064 WO2020145175A1 (en) 2019-01-08 2019-12-26 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7424318B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20210112333A (en)
CN (1) CN113272729A (en)
TW (1) TWI816960B (en)
WO (1) WO2020145175A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024080351A1 (en) * 2022-10-14 2024-04-18 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017110977A1 (en) * 2015-12-25 2017-06-29 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal optical element, and composition for liquid crystal structure-stabilizing film
JP2017161602A (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, polymer and compound

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2857779B2 (en) 1988-12-19 1999-02-17 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Composition for liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal device
JP2893671B2 (en) 1991-03-11 1999-05-24 ジェイエスアール株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP4504626B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2010-07-14 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
CN102147545B (en) 2007-03-26 2014-04-23 夏普株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and polymer for aligning film material
WO2011001579A1 (en) 2009-06-29 2011-01-06 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method therefor
WO2013002084A1 (en) 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017110977A1 (en) * 2015-12-25 2017-06-29 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal optical element, and composition for liquid crystal structure-stabilizing film
JP2017161602A (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, polymer and compound

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024080351A1 (en) * 2022-10-14 2024-04-18 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210112333A (en) 2021-09-14
JPWO2020145175A1 (en) 2021-11-18
TW202039601A (en) 2020-11-01
TWI816960B (en) 2023-10-01
CN113272729A (en) 2021-08-17
JP7424318B2 (en) 2024-01-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI638009B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP5835586B2 (en) Resin composition, liquid crystal alignment material and retardation material
KR102214302B1 (en) Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation film for in-plane-switching liquid-crystal display element
CN107109050B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2017170681A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2024037839A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agents, liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal display elements, and new monomers
TW201815843A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal element
TWI816648B (en) Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element, substrate for liquid crystal display element, and liquid crystal display element assembly
JP7371634B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP7424318B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102096126B1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP7472792B2 (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2024080351A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2024058164A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
WO2023085390A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2023224114A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TW202342703A (en) Weak-anchoring liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid cyrstal display element
TW202344907A (en) Weak-anchoring liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display element
TW202004296A (en) Method of producing zero plane anchoring film, and liquid crystal display element
TW202000870A (en) Method for producing zero planeanchoring film, and liquid crystal displayelement

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19908931

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020565711

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20217023042

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19908931

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1